Document:

Indenture dated February 22, 2011

 Exhibit 4.4 
 Execution Version 
  

 
 DAVE & BUSTER’S
PARENT, INC. 
 AND 
 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, 
 as Trustee 

12.25% Senior Discount Notes due 2016 
  

 
 INDENTURE

 Dated as of February 22, 2011 
  

 

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE 

 

			
	 TIA Section
	  	Indenture
Section
	 310(a)(1)
	  	 7.10
	 (a)(2)
	  	 7.10
	 (a)(3)
	  	N.A.
	 (a)(4)
	  	N.A.
	 (a)(5)
	  	7.10
	 (b)
	  	7.3; 7.8; 7.10
	 (c)
	  	N.A.
	 311(a)
	  	 7.11
	 (b)
	  	 7.11
	 (c)
	  	N.A.
	 312(a)
	  	2.5
	 (b)
	  	11.3  
	 (c)
	  	11.3  
	 313(a)
	  	7.6 
	 (b)(1)
	  	N.A.
	 (b)(2)
	  	7.6 
	 (c)
	  	7.6 
	 (d)
	  	7.6 
	 314(a)
	  	3.2; 11.5
	 (b)
	  	N.A.
	 (c)(1)
	  	11.4  
	 (c)(2)
	  	11.4  
	 (c)(3)
	  	N.A.
	 (d)
	  	N.A.
	 (e)
	  	11.5  
	 (f)
	  	N.A.
	 315(a)
	  	7.1 
	 (b)
	  	7.5; 11.2
	 (c)
	  	7.1 
	 (d)
	  	7.1 
	 (e)
	  	 6.11
	 316(a)(last sentence)
	  	11.6  
	 (a)(1)(A)
	  	6.5 
	 (a)(1)(B)
	  	6.4 
	 (a)(2)
	  	N.A.
	 (b)
	  	6.7 
	 (c)
	  	9.4 
	 317(a)(1)
	  	6.8 
	 (a)(2)
	  	6.9 
	 (b)
	  	2.4 
	 318(a)
	  	11.1  
	 N.A. means Not Applicable.
	  	

  

	Note:	This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of this Indenture. 

  
 -i-

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

							
	 	  	Page	 
	 ARTICLE I Definitions and Incorporation by Reference
	  	 	1	  
			
	 SECTION 1.1.
	  	 Definitions
	  	 	1	  
	 SECTION 1.2.
	  	 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
	  	 	33	  
	 SECTION 1.3.
	  	 Rules of Construction
	  	 	33	  
		
	 ARTICLE II The Notes
	  	 	34	  
			
	 SECTION 2.1.
	  	 Form, Dating and Terms
	  	 	34	  
	 SECTION 2.2.
	  	 Execution and Authentication
	  	 	43	  
	 SECTION 2.3.
	  	 Registrar and Paying Agent
	  	 	43	  
	 SECTION 2.4.
	  	 Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust
	  	 	44	  
	 SECTION 2.5.
	  	 Holder Lists
	  	 	44	  
	 SECTION 2.6.
	  	 Transfer and Exchange
	  	 	45	  
	 SECTION 2.7.
	  	 Form of Certificate to be Delivered upon Termination of Restricted Period
	  	 	47	  
	 SECTION 2.8.
	  	 Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers to Institutional Accredited Investors
	  	 	49	  
	 SECTION 2.9.
	  	 Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S
	  	 	51	  
	 SECTION 2.10.
	  	 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes
	  	 	52	  
	 SECTION 2.11.
	  	 Outstanding Notes
	  	 	53	  
	 SECTION 2.12.
	  	 Temporary Notes
	  	 	53	  
	 SECTION 2.13.
	  	 Cancellation
	  	 	54	  
	 SECTION 2.14.
	  	 CUSIP Numbers
	  	 	54	  
		
	 ARTICLE III Covenants
	  	 	54	  
			
	 SECTION 3.1.
	  	 Payment of Notes
	  	 	54	  
	 SECTION 3.2.
	  	 SEC Reports
	  	 	55	  
	 SECTION 3.3.
	  	 Limitation on Indebtedness
	  	 	56	  
	 SECTION 3.4.
	  	 Limitation on Restricted Payments
	  	 	61	  
	 SECTION 3.5.
	  	 Limitation on Liens
	  	 	66	  
	 SECTION 3.6.
	  	 Limitation on Sale/Leaseback Transactions
	  	 	67	  
	 SECTION 3.7.
	  	 Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries
	  	 	67	  
	 SECTION 3.8.
	  	 Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock
	  	 	69	  
	 SECTION 3.9.
	  	 Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates
	  	 	72	  

  
 -i-

							
	 SECTION 3.10.
	  	Change of Control	  	 	74	  
	 SECTION 3.11.
	  	Future Guarantors	  	 	75	  
	 SECTION 3.12.
	  	Limitation on Lines of Business	  	 	76	  
	 SECTION 3.13.
	  	Payments for Consent	  	 	76	  
	 SECTION 3.14.
	  	Maintenance of Office or Agency	  	 	76	  
	 SECTION 3.15.
	  	Money for Note Payments to Be Held in Trust	  	 	76	  
	 SECTION 3.16.
	  	Maintenance of Existence	  	 	77	  
	 SECTION 3.17.
	  	Payment of Taxes and Other Claims	  	 	77	  
	 SECTION 3.18.
	  	Maintenance of Properties	  	 	78	  
	 SECTION 3.19.
	  	Compliance with Laws	  	 	78	  
	 SECTION 3.20.
	  	Compliance Certificate	  	 	78	  
	 SECTION 3.21.
	  	Limitation on Activities of the Company and Holdings	  	 	78	  
	 SECTION 3.22.
	  	Effectiveness of Covenants	  	 	79	  
		
	 ARTICLE IV Successor Company and Successor Guarantor
	  	 	80	  
			
	 SECTION 4.1.
	  	Merger and Consolidation	  	 	80	  
		
	 ARTICLE V Redemption of Notes
	  	 	82	  
			
	 SECTION 5.1.
	  	Optional Redemption	  	 	82	  
	 SECTION 5.2.
	  	Applicability of Article	  	 	82	  
	 SECTION 5.3.
	  	Election to Redeem	  	 	82	  
	 SECTION 5.4.
	  	Selection by Trustee of Notes to Be Redeemed	  	 	82	  
	 SECTION 5.5.
	  	Notice of Redemption	  	 	83	  
	 SECTION 5.6.
	  	Deposit of Redemption Price	  	 	84	  
	 SECTION 5.7.
	  	Notes Payable on Redemption Date	  	 	84	  
	 SECTION 5.8.
	  	Notes Redeemed in Part	  	 	84	  
	 SECTION 5.9.
	  	No Sinking Fund	  	 	84	  
	 SECTION 5.10.
	  	Purchases other than Redemptions	  	 	84	  
		
	 ARTICLE VI Defaults and Remedies
	  	 	85	  
			
	 SECTION 6.1.
	  	Events of Default	  	 	85	  
	 SECTION 6.2.
	  	Acceleration	  	 	87	  
	 SECTION 6.3.
	  	Other Remedies	  	 	87	  
	 SECTION 6.4.
	  	Waiver of Past Defaults	  	 	88	  
	 SECTION 6.5.
	  	Control by Majority	  	 	88	  
	 SECTION 6.6.
	  	Limitation on Suits	  	 	88	  
	 SECTION 6.7.
	  	Rights of Holders to Receive Payment	  	 	89	  
	 SECTION 6.8.
	  	Collection Suit by Trustee	  	 	89	  

  
 -ii-

							
	 SECTION 6.9.
	  	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	  	 	89	  
	 SECTION 6.10.
	  	Priorities	  	 	89	  
	 SECTION 6.11.
	  	Undertaking for Costs	  	 	90	  
		
	 ARTICLE VII Trustee
	  	 	90	  
			
	 SECTION 7.1.
	  	Duties of Trustee	  	 	90	  
	 SECTION 7.2.
	  	Rights of Trustee	  	 	91	  
	 SECTION 7.3.
	  	Individual Rights of Trustee	  	 	93	  
	 SECTION 7.4.
	  	Trustee’s Disclaimer	  	 	93	  
	 SECTION 7.5.
	  	Notice of Defaults	  	 	93	  
	 SECTION 7.6.
	  	Reports by Trustee to Holders	  	 	93	  
	 SECTION 7.7.
	  	Compensation and Indemnity	  	 	94	  
	 SECTION 7.8.
	  	Replacement of Trustee	  	 	94	  
	 SECTION 7.9.
	  	Successor Trustee by Merger	  	 	95	  
	 SECTION 7.10.
	  	Eligibility; Disqualification	  	 	96	  
	 SECTION 7.11.
	  	Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company	  	 	96	  
		
	 ARTICLE VIII Discharge of Indenture; Defeasance
	  	 	96	  
			
	 SECTION 8.1.
	  	Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance	  	 	96	  
	 SECTION 8.2.
	  	Conditions to Defeasance	  	 	97	  
	 SECTION 8.3.
	  	Application of Trust Money	  	 	99	  
	 SECTION 8.4.
	  	Repayment to Company	  	 	99	  
	 SECTION 8.5.
	  	Indemnity for U.S. Government Obligations	  	 	99	  
	 SECTION 8.6.
	  	Reinstatement	  	 	99	  
		
	 ARTICLE IX Amendments
	  	 	100	  
			
	 SECTION 9.1.
	  	Without Consent of Holders	  	 	100	  
	 SECTION 9.2.
	  	With Consent of Holders	  	 	101	  
	 SECTION 9.3.
	  	Compliance with Trust Indenture Act	  	 	102	  
	 SECTION 9.4.
	  	Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers	  	 	102	  
	 SECTION 9.5.
	  	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	  	 	102	  
	 SECTION 9.6.
	  	Trustee To Sign Amendments	  	 	102	  
		
	 ARTICLE X Note Guarantees
	  	 	103	  
			
	 SECTION 10.1.
	  	Guarantees	  	 	103	  
	 SECTION 10.2.
	  	Limitation on Liability; Termination, Release and Discharge	  	 	104	  
	 SECTION 10.3.
	  	Right of Contribution	  	 	105	  
	 SECTION 10.4.
	  	No Subrogation	  	 	105	  

  
 -iii-

							
	 SECTION 10.5.
	  	Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee	  	 	106	  
		
	 ARTICLE XI Miscellaneous
	  	 	106	  
			
	 SECTION 11.1.
	  	Trust Indenture Act Controls	  	 	106	  
	 SECTION 11.2.
	  	Notices	  	 	106	  
	 SECTION 11.3.
	  	Communication by Holders with other Holders	  	 	107	  
	 SECTION 11.4.
	  	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent	  	 	107	  
	 SECTION 11.5.
	  	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion	  	 	107	  
	 SECTION 11.6.
	  	When Notes Disregarded	  	 	108	  
	 SECTION 11.7.
	  	Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar	  	 	108	  
	 SECTION 11.8.
	  	Legal Holidays	  	 	108	  
	 SECTION 11.9.
	  	GOVERNING LAW	  	 	108	  
	 SECTION 11.10.
	  	No Recourse Against Others	  	 	109	  
	 SECTION 11.11.
	  	Successors	  	 	109	  
	 SECTION 11.12.
	  	Multiple Originals	  	 	109	  
	 SECTION 11.13.
	  	Variable Provisions	  	 	109	  
	 SECTION 11.14.
	  	Table of Contents; Headings	  	 	109	  
	 SECTION 11.15.
	  	Force Majeure	  	 	109	  
	 SECTION 11.16.
	  	U.S.A. Patriot Act	  	 	109	  

 EXHIBITS 
  

			
	EXHIBIT A	  	Form of the Series A Note
	EXHIBIT B	  	Form of the Series B Note
	EXHIBIT C	  	Form of Indenture Supplement to Add Guarantors to Guarantee Notes

  
 -iv-

 INDENTURE dated as of February 22, 2011 by and between Dave & Buster’s
Parent, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association, as trustee (the “Trustee”). 

Recitals Of The Company 
 The Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance of (i) the Company’s 12.25% Senior Discount Notes, Series A, due 2016, issued on the
Issue Date (the “Initial Notes”) and (ii) if and when issued, an unlimited principal amount at maturity of additional 12.25% Senior Discount Notes, Series A, due 2016 that may be offered from time to time subsequent to the
Issue Date in a non-registered offering or 12.25% Senior Discount Notes, Series B, due 2016 in a registered offering of the Company that may be offered from time to time subsequent to the Issue Date, in each case, having identical terms and
conditions as the Notes other than the issue date and issue price (the “Additional Notes” and together with the Initial Notes, the “Notes”). $180,790,000 in aggregate principal amount at maturity of Initial Notes
shall be initially issued on the date hereof. 
 Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the
equal and ratable benefit of the Holders: 
 ARTICLE I 
 Definitions and Incorporation by Reference 
 SECTION
1.1. Definitions. “Accreted Value” means, as of any date (the “Specified Date”), the amount provided below for each $1,000 principal amount at maturity of Notes: 

(i) if the Specified Date occurs on one of the following dates (each, a “Semi-Annual Accrual Date”), the Accreted Value
will equal the amount set forth below for such Semi-Annual Accrual Date: 
  

					
	 Semi-Annual Accrual Date
	  	Accreted Value	 
	 August 15, 2011
	  	$	585.65	  
	 February 15, 2012
	  	$	621.52	  
	 August 15, 2012
	  	$	659.59	  
	 February 15, 2013
	  	$	699.99	  
	 August 15, 2013
	  	$	742.87	  
	 February 15, 2014
	  	$	788.37	  
	 August 15, 2014
	  	$	836.66	  
	 February 15, 2015
	  	$	887.90	  
	 August 15, 2015
	  	$	942.29	  
	 February 15, 2016
	  	$	1,000.00	  

 (ii) if the Specified Date occurs before the first Semi-Annual Accrual Date, the Accreted Value will
equal the sum of (a) the original issue price (for each $1,000 principal 

  
 1 

 
amount at maturity) of a Note and (b) the amount equal to the product of (x) the Accreted Value for the first Semi-Annual Accrual Date less such original issue price multiplied by
(y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days from the Issue Date to the Specified Date, using a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months, and the denominator of which is the number of days from the Issue Date to the first
Semi-Annual Accrual Date, using a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months; or 
 (iii) if the Specified Date occurs between two
Semi-Annual Accrual Dates, the Accreted Value will equal the sum of (a) the Accreted Value for the Semi-Annual Accrual Date immediately preceding such Specified Date and (b) an amount equal to the product of (x) the Accreted Value for
the immediately following Semi-Annual Accrual Date less the Accreted Value for the Semi-Annual Accrual Date immediately preceding such Specified Date multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days from the
immediately preceding Semi-Annual Accrual Date to the Specified Date, using a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months, and the denominator of which is 180. 
 “Acquired Indebtedness” means Indebtedness (i) of a Person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) assumed in
connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, in each case whether or not Incurred by such Person in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such acquisition. Acquired
Indebtedness shall be deemed to have been Incurred, with respect to clause (i) of the preceding sentence, on the date such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and, with respect to clause (ii) of the preceding sentence, on the date of
consummation of such acquisition of assets; provided, however, that Indebtedness of such acquired Person or assumed in connection with such acquisition of assets that is redeemed, defeased, retired or otherwise repaid at the time of or
immediately upon consummation of the transactions by which such Person merges with or into or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person or such assets are acquired shall not be Acquired Indebtedness. 

“Additional Assets” means (i) any assets (other than assets that are qualified as current assets under GAAP),
property, plant or equipment (excluding working capital for the avoidance of doubt) to be used by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in a Related Business; (ii) assets (other than assets that are qualified as current assets under GAAP),
property and/or the Capital Stock of a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; (iii) Capital Stock constituting a minority interest in any
Person that at such time is a Restricted Subsidiary; or (iv) capital expenditures used or useful in a Related Business, provided, however, that, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii), such Restricted Subsidiary is primarily engaged
in a Related Business. 
 “Additional Existing Senior Notes” means any additional Existing Senior Notes issued
pursuant to the Existing Senior Notes Indenture. 
 “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person,
directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the
management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the
foregoing. 

  
 2 

 “Applicable Premium” means, with respect to a Note on any date of
redemption, the greater of: 
 (i) 1.0% of the Accreted Value of such Note; and 

(ii) the excess, if any, of (a) the present value as of such date of redemption of the redemption price of such note on
August 15, 2013 (such redemption price being described under Section 5.1), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such date of redemption plus 50 basis points, over (b) the Accreted Value of such Note
at the Redemption Date. 
 “Asset Disposition” means any direct or indirect sale, lease (other than an
operating lease entered into in the ordinary course of business), transfer, issuance or other disposition, or a series of related sales, leases, transfers, issuances or dispositions that are part of a common plan, of shares of Capital Stock of a
Subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares), property or other assets (each referred to for the purposes of this definition as a “disposition”) by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including any disposition
by means of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction. 
 Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items shall not be
deemed to be Asset Dispositions: (i) a disposition of assets by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to a Restricted Subsidiary; (ii) the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents
in the ordinary course of business; (iii) the sale, lease or discount of products, services or accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business, including a disposition of inventory in the ordinary course of business; (iv) a
disposition of damaged, obsolete or worn out equipment or equipment that is no longer useful in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and that is disposed of in each case in the ordinary course of business;
(v) transactions permitted under Article IV or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control; (vi) an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to a Wholly Owned Subsidiary; (vii) for purposes of
Section 3.8 only, (a) the making of a Permitted Investment (provided that any cash or Cash Equivalents received in such Asset Disposition shall be treated as Net Available Cash) or (b) a disposition subject to
Section 3.4; (viii) an Asset Swap effected in compliance with Section 3.8; (ix) dispositions of assets in a single transaction or series of related transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $1.0
million; (x) the creation of a Permitted Lien and dispositions in connection with Permitted Liens; (xi) dispositions of Investments or receivables, in each case in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the
ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements; (xii) the issuance by a Restricted Subsidiary of Preferred Stock that is permitted by the covenant described in
Section 3.3; (xiii) the licensing or sublicensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles and licenses, leases or subleases of other property in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with
the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; (xiv) the unwinding of any Hedging Obligations; (xv) the sale of Permitted Investments (other than sales of Equity Interests of any of the Company’s Restricted

  
 3 

 
Subsidiaries) made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, if such Permitted Investments were (a) received in exchange for, or purchased out of the Net Cash
Proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of, Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or (b) received in the form of, or were purchased from the proceeds of, a
substantially concurrent contribution of common equity capital to the Company; provided that any such proceeds or contributions in clauses (a) and (b) will be excluded from clause (c)(ii) of Section 3.4(a);
(xvi) foreclosure on assets; and (xvii) the sale or other Investment of Equity Interests of, or any Investment in, any Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 “Asset Swap” means a concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided that
any cash received must be applied in accordance with Section 3.8. 
 “Attributable Indebtedness” in
respect of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction means, as at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at the interest rate implicit in the transaction) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of
the lease included in such Sale/Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which such lease has been extended), determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that if such Sale/Leaseback Transaction results in a
Capitalized Lease Obligation, the amount of Indebtedness represented thereby will be determined in accordance with the definition of “Capitalized Lease Obligations.” 
 “Average Life” means, as of the date of determination, with respect to any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the products of the
numbers of years from the date of determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment by
(ii) the sum of all such payments. 
 “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11 of the United States Code or
any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors. 
 “Board of Directors” means, as to any Person,
the board of directors or managers, as applicable, of such Person (or, if such Person is a partnership, the board of directors or other governing body of the general partner of such Person) or any duly authorized committee thereof. 

“Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution or unanimous written consent certified by the Secretary or an Assistant
Secretary of a company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such company and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee. 

“Business Day” means each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in New York, New
York are authorized or required by law to close. 
 “Capital Stock” of any Person means: (i) in the case
of a corporation, corporate stock; (ii) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock; (iii) in the case of a
partnership or limited liability company, partnership interests (whether general or 

  
 4 

 
limited) or membership interests; and (iv) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets
of, the issuing Person, but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible or exchangeable into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock, including, in each case,
Preferred Stock. 
 “Capitalized Lease Obligations” means an obligation that is required to be classified and
accounted for as a capitalized lease for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP, and the amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation shall be the capitalized amount of such obligation at the time any determination thereof is
to be made as determined in accordance with GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date such lease may be terminated without penalty.

 “Cash Equivalents” means: (i) U.S. dollars, or in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, such local
currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business; (ii) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States Government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States
(provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof), having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition; (iii) marketable general obligations issued by any state of the
United States or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition and, at the time of acquisition, having a credit rating of “A” or better from either
Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.; (iv) certificates of deposit, time deposits, Eurodollar time deposits, overnight bank deposits or bankers’ acceptances having maturities of not
more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any commercial bank the long-term debt of which is rated at the time of acquisition thereof at least “A” or the equivalent thereof by Standard & Poor’s Ratings
Group, Inc., or “A” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and having combined capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million; (v) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for
underlying securities of the types described in clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv) entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (iv) above; (vi) commercial paper rated at the time of acquisition thereof at
least “A-2” or the equivalent thereof by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. or “P-2” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized
rating agency, if both of the two named rating agencies cease publishing ratings of investments, and in any case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition thereof; and (vii) interests in any investment company or money market fund
which invests 95% or more of its assets in instruments of the type specified in clauses (ii) through (vi) above. 

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following: 

(i) the Company becomes aware that any “person” or “group” of related persons (as such terms are used in Sections
13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than one or more Permitted Holders has become the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that such person or group shall be deemed to have “beneficial
ownership” of all shares that any such person or group has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or 

  
 5 

 
indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company, Holdings or Dave & Buster’s (or its successor by merger, consolidation or purchase of all
or substantially all of its assets) (for the purposes of this clause, such person or group shall be deemed to beneficially own any Voting Stock of the Company, Holdings or Dave & Buster’s held by a parent entity, if such person or
group “beneficially owns” (as defined above), directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the voting power of the Voting Stock of such parent entity); or 
 (ii) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company, Holdings or Dave & Buster’s are not Continuing Directors; or 

(iii) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of
related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, Holdings and their Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) other than a
Permitted Holder; or 
 (iv) the adoption by the stockholders of the Company, Holdings or Dave & Buster’s of a
plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company, Holdings or Dave & Buster’s. 

“Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, société anonyme, or any successor securities clearing agency.

 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 

“Commodity Agreement” means any commodity futures contract, commodity option or other similar agreement or arrangement
entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary designed to protect the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries against fluctuations in the price of commodities actually used in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 “Common Stock” means with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interest or
other participations in, and other equivalents (however designated and whether voting or nonvoting) of such Person’s common stock whether or not outstanding on the Issue Date, and includes, without limitation, all series and classes of such
common stock. 
 “Consolidated Coverage Ratio” means as of any date of determination, with respect to any
Person, the ratio of (x) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which financial statements prepared on a
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP are available to (y) Consolidated Interest Expense for such four fiscal quarters, provided, however, that: 
 (1) if the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as applicable: 

(a) has Incurred any Indebtedness since the beginning of such period that remains outstanding on such date of
determination or if the transaction giving rise to 

  
 6 

 
the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio is an Incurrence of Indebtedness, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving
effect on a pro forma basis to such Indebtedness as if such Indebtedness had been Incurred on the first day of such period (except that in making such computation, the amount of Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility outstanding on the
date of such calculation shall be deemed to be (i) the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during such four fiscal quarters or such shorter period for which such facility was outstanding or (ii) if such facility was created after
the end of such four fiscal quarters, the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the period from the date of creation of such facility to the date of such calculation) and the discharge of any other Indebtedness repaid, repurchased,
defeased or otherwise discharged with the proceeds of such new Indebtedness as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of such period; or 
 (b) has repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged any Indebtedness since the beginning of the period that is no longer outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving
rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio involves a discharge of Indebtedness (in each case other than Indebtedness Incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and the
related commitment terminated), Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such repayment, repurchase, defeasance or other discharge of such Indebtedness,
including with the proceeds of such new Indebtedness, as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of such period; 
 (2)
if since the beginning of such period the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as applicable, will have made any Asset Disposition or disposed of any company, division, operating unit,
segment, business, group of related assets or line of business or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio is such an Asset Disposition: 

(a) the Consolidated EBITDA for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive)
directly attributable to the assets which are the subject of such disposition for such period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) directly attributable thereto for such period; and 

(b) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated Interest Expense
directly attributable to any Indebtedness of the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or Holdings and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as applicable, repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged (including, but not limited to,
through the assumption of such Indebtedness by another Person if the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or Holdings and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as applicable, are no longer liable for such Indebtedness after the assumption
thereof) with respect to the Company and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries or Holdings and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries, as applicable, in connection with such disposition for such period (or, if the Capital Stock of any

  
 7 

 
Restricted Subsidiary is sold, the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period directly attributable to the Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the Company and its
continuing Restricted Subsidiaries or Holdings and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such Indebtedness after such sale); 
 (3) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as applicable, (by merger or otherwise) shall have made an
Investment in any Restricted Subsidiary (or any Person which becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged with or into the Company or Holdings, as applicable) or an acquisition of assets, including any acquisition of assets occurring in connection
with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder, which constitutes all or substantially all of a company, division, operating unit, segment, business, group of related assets or line of business, Consolidated EBITDA (plus adjustments
which will only include annualized cost savings achievable within 180 days and which shall be itemized in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee by the chief financial officer of the Company) and Consolidated Interest Expense for
such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the Incurrence of any Indebtedness) as if such Investment or acquisition occurred on the first day of such period; and 

(4) if since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the
Company or Holdings, as applicable, or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) shall have Incurred any Indebtedness or discharged any Indebtedness, made any Asset Disposition or any Investment or acquisition of assets that
would have required an adjustment pursuant to clauses (2) or (3) above if made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as applicable, during such period, Consolidated EBITDA
and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such transaction occurred on the first day of such period. 
 For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any calculation under this definition, the pro forma calculations shall be determined in good faith by a responsible financial
or accounting officer of the Company or Holdings, as applicable (including pro forma expense and cost reductions calculated on a basis consistent with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act). If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest
and is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Interest Rate
Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness if such Interest Rate Agreement has a remaining term in excess of 12 months). If any Indebtedness that is being given pro forma effect bears an interest rate at the option of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries or Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as applicable, the interest rate shall be calculated by applying such optional rate chosen by the Company, Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable. 

“Consolidated EBITDA” for any period means, without duplication, the Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus the
following to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income: 
 (1) Consolidated Interest Expense; plus

  
 8 

 (2) Consolidated Income Taxes; plus 

(3) consolidated depreciation expense; plus 
 (4) consolidated amortization expense or impairment charges recorded in connection with the application of Financial Accounting Standard No. 142 “Goodwill and Other Intangibles” and
Financial Accounting Standard No. 144 “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long Lived Assets;” plus 

(5) other non-cash charges reducing Consolidated Net Income (including any net change in deferred amusement revenue and ticket liability
reserves, but excluding any other non-cash charge to the extent it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash charges in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period not included in the calculation);
plus 
 (6) any non-recurring, extraordinary or unusual loss; plus 

(7) fees, expenses and charges resulting from the Transactions as permitted under the Existing Senior Notes Indenture; plus 

(8) the aggregate amount of cash Preopening Costs incurred during such period in an aggregate amount not to exceed $5.0 million in any
period; plus 
 (9) payments made pursuant to the Expense Reimbursement Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date; less

 (10) noncash items increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period (excluding any items which represent the
reversal of any accrual of, or reserve for, anticipated cash charges made in any prior period). 
 Notwithstanding the preceding
sentence, clauses (2) through (6), (8) and (10) relating to amounts of a Restricted Subsidiary of a Person shall be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute Consolidated EBITDA of such Person only to the extent (and in the same
proportion) that the net income (loss) of such Restricted Subsidiary was included in calculating the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and, to the extent the amounts set forth in clauses (2) through (6), (8) and (10) are in
excess of those necessary to offset a net loss of such Restricted Subsidiary or if such Restricted Subsidiary has net income for such period included in Consolidated Net Income, only if a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of
determination to be dividended or distributed to the Company by such Restricted Subsidiary without prior approval (that has not been obtained), pursuant to the terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders,
statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders (other than restrictions permitted by Section 3.7). 
 “Consolidated Income Taxes” means, with respect to any Person for any period, taxes imposed upon such Person or other payments required to be made by such Person by any

  
 9 

 
governmental authority which taxes or other payments are calculated by reference to the income or profits of such Person or such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent such income
or profits were included in computing Consolidated Net Income for such period), regardless of whether such taxes or payments are required to be remitted to any governmental authority. 

“Consolidated Indebtedness” means, as of any date, the total Indebtedness of any Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries
determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, for any
period, the total interest expense of the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries (or, if applicable, Holdings and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries), whether paid or accrued, plus, to the extent not included in such interest
expense: 
 (1) interest expense attributable to Capitalized Lease Obligations and the interest portion of rent expense
associated with Attributable Indebtedness in respect of the relevant lease giving rise thereto, determined as if such lease were a capitalized lease in accordance with GAAP and the interest component of any deferred payment obligations; 

(2) amortization of debt discount and debt issuance cost (provided that any amortization of bond premium shall be credited to
reduce Consolidated Interest Expense unless, pursuant to GAAP, such amortization of bond premium has otherwise reduced Consolidated Interest Expense); 
 (3) non-cash interest expense; 
 (4) commissions, discounts and other fees and
charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing; 
 (5) the interest expense on
Indebtedness of another Person that is Guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether or not such Guarantee or Lien is called upon;

 (6) costs associated with Hedging Obligations (including amortization of fees) provided, however, that if Hedging
Obligations result in net benefits rather than costs, such benefits shall be credited to reduce Consolidated Interest Expense unless, pursuant to GAAP, such net benefits are otherwise reflected in Consolidated Net Income; 

(7) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period; 

(8) the product of (a) all dividends paid or payable, in cash, Cash Equivalents or Indebtedness or accrued during such period on any
series of Disqualified Stock of such Person or on Preferred Stock of its Restricted Subsidiaries payable to a party other than the Company (or, if applicable, Holdings) or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which
is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state, provincial and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP; 

  
 10 

 (9) Receivables Fees; and 

(10) the cash contributions to any employee stock ownership plan or similar trust to the extent such contributions are used by such plan
or trust to pay interest or fees to any Person (other than the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in connection with Indebtedness Incurred by such plan or trust. 
 For the purpose of calculating the Consolidated Coverage Ratio in connection with the Incurrence of any Indebtedness described in the final paragraph of the definition of “Indebtedness,” the
calculation of Consolidated Interest Expense shall include all interest expense (including any amounts described in clauses (1) through (10) above) relating to any Indebtedness of the Company (or, if applicable, Holdings) or any Restricted
Subsidiary described in the final paragraph of the definition of “Indebtedness.” 
 For purposes of the foregoing,
total interest expense shall be determined (i) after giving effect to any net payments made or received by the Company and its Subsidiaries with respect to Interest Rate Agreements and (ii) exclusive of amounts classified as other
comprehensive income in the balance sheet of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges Incurred in connection with any transaction pursuant to which the Company
(or, if applicable, Holdings) or its Restricted Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer or grant a security interest in any accounts receivable or related assets shall be included in Consolidated Interest Expense. 

“Consolidated Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date, the ratio of (x) Consolidated Indebtedness less the amount of
cash and cash equivalents that would be stated on the balance sheet as of such date to (y) Consolidated EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which financial statements
prepared on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP are available, provided that for purposes of calculating the Consolidated Leverage Ratio, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Indebtedness shall be calculated on a pro forma basis (and
with respect to Consolidated EBITDA, consistent with the adjustments in the definition of “Consolidated Coverage Ratio”) to give effect, as appropriate, to any Incurrence or discharge of Indebtedness or Asset Disposition, Investment or
acquisition since the beginning of the applicable period and as if each such Incurrence, discharge, Asset Disposition, Investment or acquisition had been effected on the first day of such period and as if each such Asset Disposition had been
consummated on the day prior to the first day of such period. 
 “Consolidated Net Income” means, for any
period, the net income (loss) of the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries (or, if applicable, Holdings and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries) determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided,
however, that there shall not be included in such Consolidated Net Income: 
 (1) any net income (loss) of any Person if
such Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary, except that: 
 (a) subject to the limitations contained in clauses
(3), (4) and (5) below, the Company’s equity in the net income of any such Person for such period shall 

  
 11 

 
be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash actually distributed by such Person during such period to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or
other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution to a Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitations contained in clause (2) below); and 

(b) the Company’s equity in a net loss of any such Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) for such period
shall be included in determining such Consolidated Net Income to the extent such loss has been funded with cash from the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (2) any net income (but not loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary if such Subsidiary is subject to restrictions, directly or indirectly, on the payment of dividends or the making of distributions by such
Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to the Company, except that: 
 (a) subject to the limitations
contained in clauses (3), (4) and (5) below, the Company’s equity in the net income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period shall be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash that could have
been distributed by such Restricted Subsidiary during such period to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend (subject, in the case of a dividend to another Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in this clause) (other
than as a result of restrictions permitted by Section 3.7); and 
 (b) the Company’s equity in a
net loss of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period shall be included in determining such Consolidated Net Income; 
 (3)
any gain (loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of any property, plant or equipment of the Company or its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries (including pursuant to any Sale/Leaseback Transaction) which is not sold or otherwise disposed
of in the ordinary course of business and any gain (loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of any Person; 
 (4) any extraordinary gain or loss; 
 (5) the cumulative effect of a change in
accounting principles; 
 (6) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedging
Obligations or other derivative instruments; and 
 (7) any non-cash compensation expense recorded from grants of stock
appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights to officers, directors or employees shall be excluded. 

Corporate overhead expenses payable by Parent Entity described in clause (9) of Section 3.4(b), the funds for which are provided by the
Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries, shall be deducted in calculating the Consolidated Net Income of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries. In no event will the proceeds of business interruption insurance (if otherwise

  
 12 

 
included in the net income (loss) of the Company (or, if applicable, Holdings) and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP) be excluded
from Consolidated Net Income by the foregoing adjustments. 
 “Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means
Consolidated Total Assets after deducting: (i) all current liabilities; (ii) any item representing investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries; and (iii) all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, unamortized debt discount and
expense and other intangibles. 
 “Consolidated Secured Debt Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date, the ratio
of (x) Consolidated Secured Indebtedness as of such date to (y) Consolidated EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which financial statements prepared on a consolidated
basis in accordance with GAAP are available, provided that for purposes of calculating the Consolidated Secured Debt Leverage Ratio, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Secured Indebtedness shall be calculated on a pro forma basis (and with
respect to Consolidated EBITDA, consistent with the adjustments in the definition of “Consolidated Coverage Ratio”) to give effect, as appropriate, to any Incurrence or discharge of Indebtedness or Asset Disposition, Investment or
acquisition since the beginning of the applicable period and as if each such Incurrence, discharge, Asset Disposition, Investment or acquisition had been effected on the first day of such period and as if each such Asset Disposition had been
consummated on the day prior to the first day of such period. 
 “Consolidated Secured Indebtedness” means, as
of any date, the total Secured Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Consolidated Total Assets” as of any date of determination, means the total amount of assets which would appear on a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Continuing Directors” means, as
of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Company or Holdings, as the case may be, who: (1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the date of this Indenture; or (2) was nominated for election or elected
to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of the relevant Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election. 

“Corporate Trust Office” means the principal office of the Trustee at which at any time its
corporate trust business shall be administered, which office at the date hereof is located at 45 Broadway,
14th floor, New York, NY 10006, Attention: Corporate Trust
Administration, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as such successor Trustee may
designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company). 
 “Credit Facility” means, one or more
debt facilities (which may be outstanding at the same time and including, without limitation, the Senior Secured Credit Agreement) or commercial paper facilities, in each case, with banks or other lenders or investors or indentures

  
 13 

 
or other agreements providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, debt securities, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose
entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit or other indebtedness, in each case, as amended, restated, supplemented, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced in any manner (whether upon or after
termination or otherwise) or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities to investors) in whole or in part, in one or more instances, from time to time (including successive renewals, extensions, substitutions, refinancings,
restructurings, replacements, supplementations or other modifications of the foregoing, including into one or more debt facilities, commercial paper facilities or other debt instruments, indentures or agreements (including by means of sales of debt
securities (including additional notes) to investors), providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit, debt securities or other debt obligations, from time to time). 

“Currency Agreement” means in respect of a Person any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement, futures
contract, option contract or other similar agreement as to which such Person is a party or a beneficiary. 

“Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

 “Dave & Buster’s” means Dave & Buster’s, Inc., a Missouri corporation.

 “Default” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of
Default. 
 “Definitive Notes” means certificated securities. 

“Depositary” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors and assigns, or such other
depository institution hereinafter appointed by the Company. 
 “Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any
Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event: (1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to
a sinking fund obligation or otherwise; (2) is convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock (excluding Capital Stock which is convertible or exchangeable solely at the option of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary
(it being understood that upon such conversion or exchange it shall be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock)); or (3) is redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock in whole or in part; in each case on or
prior to the date that is 91 days after the earlier of the date (a) of the Stated Maturity of the Notes or (b) on which there are no Notes outstanding, provided that only the portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is
mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date shall be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; provided, further that any Capital Stock that would constitute
Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale (each defined in a substantially identical manner to the
corresponding definitions in this Indenture) shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of 

  
 14 

 
such Capital Stock (and all such securities into which it is convertible or for which it is ratable or exchangeable) provide that the Company may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock
(and all such securities into which it is convertible or for which it is ratable or exchangeable) pursuant to such provision prior to compliance by the Company with the provisions contained in Sections 3.8 and 3.10 of this Indenture
and such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 3.4 of this Indenture. 
 “Domestic
Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia and any Subsidiary of such Restricted Subsidiary, other than any Restricted Subsidiary that
is a Foreign Subsidiary. 
 “Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options, profits,
interests, equity appreciation rights or other rights to acquire or purchase Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock). 

“Equity Offering” means (i) an offering for cash by the Company or Holdings or Parent Entity, as the case may be,
of its Common Stock, or options, warrants or rights with respect to its Common Stock, or (ii) a cash capital contribution to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case other than (x) public offerings with respect to
the Company’s or Holdings’, as the case may be, Common Stock, or options, warrants or rights, registered on Form S-4 or S-8, (y) an issuance to any Subsidiary or (z) any offering of Common Stock issued in connection with a
transaction that constitutes a Change of Control. 
 “Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V. or any
successor securities clearing agency. 
 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder. 
 “Excluded Contributions” means the Net Cash
Proceeds and the fair market value of the assets (as determined conclusively by the Board of Directors of the Company) received by the Company after the Issue Date from: 
 (1) capital contributions to its common equity capital, and 
 (2) the sale (other
than to a Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan, option plan or similar trust to the extent such sale to an employee stock ownership plan or similar trust is financed by loans from or Guaranteed by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary unless such loans have been repaid with cash on or prior to the date of determination) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company, 
 in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate on or promptly after the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Capital Stock is sold, as the
case may be. 
 “Existing Note Guarantees” means, individually, any Guarantee of payment of the Existing Senior
Notes by a guarantor pursuant to the terms of the Existing Senior Notes 

  
 15 

 
Indenture and any supplemental indenture thereto, and, collectively, all such Guarantees. Each such Existing Note Guarantee will be in the form prescribed by the Existing Senior Notes Indenture.

 “Existing Senior Notes” means the $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of 11% Senior Notes due 2018
issued by Dave & Buster’s on June 1, 2010. 
 “Existing Senior Notes Indenture” means the
indenture, dated as of June 1, 2010, pursuant to which the Existing Senior Notes were issued. 
 “Expense
Reimbursement Agreement” means the Expense Reimbursement Agreement between Dave & Buster’s and Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC (and their permitted successors and assigns thereunder) as in effect on the Issue Date.

 “Fiscal Year” means the fiscal year of the Company ending on the Sunday after the Saturday closest to
January 31 of each year or such other fiscal year as may be determined by the Company and the Board of Directors and of which the Trustee shall receive written notice pursuant to Section 3.20 hereof. 

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not organized under the laws of the United States or any
state thereof or the District of Columbia and any Subsidiary of such Restricted Subsidiary. 
 “GAAP” means
generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as in effect on June 1, 2010, including those set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public
Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession. All ratios and computations based on GAAP
contained in this Indenture shall be computed in conformity with GAAP. 
 For so long as the Company or Holdings, as applicable,
is not engaged in any business in any material respect other than incidental to its ownership, directly or indirectly, of the Capital Stock of Dave & Buster’s and the issuance of Indebtedness, references to financial statements
prepared on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (or calculations made based on such financial statements) with respect to the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries or Holdings and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries, as
applicable, may be satisfied by the preparation of financial statements of Dave & Buster’s and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries, after giving effect to such adjustments for Indebtedness of the Company or Holdings, as
applicable, and such other adjustments as the Company may in good faith apply to give effect to differences in the financial results or assets and liabilities of the Company or Holdings, as the case may be, and Dave & Buster’s.

 “Guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing
any Indebtedness of any other Person and any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person: 
 (1) to
purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or
services, to take or pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or 

  
 16 

 (2) entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such
Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); 
 provided,
however, that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning. 

“Guarantor” means each Restricted Subsidiary (other than Foreign Subsidiaries) that provides a Note Guarantee after the
Issue Date; provided that upon release or discharge of such Restricted Subsidiary from its Note Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, such Restricted Subsidiary shall cease to be a Guarantor. 

“Hedging Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement,
Currency Agreement or Commodity Agreement. 
 “Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered on the
Registrar’s books. 
 “Holdings” means Dave & Buster’s Holdings, Inc., a Delaware
corporation. 
 “Incur” means issue, create, assume, Guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for;
provided, however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such
Restricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; and the terms “Incurred” and “Incurrence” have meanings correlative to the foregoing. 
 “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination (without duplication): (i) the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of indebtedness of such
Person for borrowed money; (ii) the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments; (iii) the principal component of all obligations of such
Person in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments (including reimbursement obligations with respect thereto except to the extent such reimbursement obligation relates to a trade payable and such
obligation is satisfied within 30 days of Incurrence); (iv) the principal component of all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property (except trade payables), which purchase price is due more than six
months after the date of placing such property in service or taking delivery and title thereto; (v) Capitalized Lease Obligations and all Attributable Indebtedness of such Person; (vi) the principal component or liquidation preference of
all obligations of such Person with respect to the redemption, repayment or other repurchase of any Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any Subsidiary, any Preferred Stock; (vii) the 

  
 17 

 
principal component of all Indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; provided, however, that
the amount of such Indebtedness shall be the lesser of (a) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Persons; (viii) the principal component of Indebtedness
of other Persons to the extent Guaranteed by such Person; and (ix) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, net obligations of such Person under Hedging Obligations (the amount of any such obligations to be equal at any time to
the termination value of such agreement or arrangement giving rise to such obligation that would be payable by such Person at such time). 
 The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and the maximum liability, upon the occurrence of the
contingency giving rise to the obligation, of any contingent obligations at such date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, money borrowed and set aside at the time of the Incurrence of any Indebtedness in order to pre-fund the payment of interest on such
Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be “Indebtedness” provided that such money is held to secure the payment of such interest. 
 In addition, “Indebtedness” of any Person shall include Indebtedness described in the preceding paragraph that would not appear as a liability on the balance sheet of such Person if: 

(1) such Indebtedness is the obligation of a partnership or joint venture that is not a Restricted Subsidiary (a “Joint
Venture”); 
 (2) such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a general partner of the Joint Venture (a
“General Partner”); and 
 (3) there is recourse, by contract or operation of law, with respect to the payment
of such Indebtedness to property or assets of such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person; and then such Indebtedness shall be included in an amount not to exceed: 

(a) the lesser of (i) the net assets of the General Partner and (ii) the amount of such obligations to the
extent that there is recourse, by contract or operation of law, to the property or assets of such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person; or 
 (b) if less than the amount determined pursuant to clause (a) immediately above, the actual amount of such Indebtedness that is recourse to such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person, if
the Indebtedness is evidenced by a writing and is for a determinable amount. 
 “Indenture” means this
Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time. 
 “Interest Rate Agreement” means, with respect to
any Person, any interest rate protection agreement, interest rate future agreement, interest rate option agreement, interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedge agreement or other
similar agreement or arrangement as to which such Person is party or a beneficiary. 

  
 18 

 “Investment” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such
Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of any direct or indirect advance, loan (other than advances or extensions of credit to customers in the ordinary course of business) or other extensions of credit (including by way of
Guarantee or similar arrangement, but excluding any debt or extension of credit represented by a bank deposit other than a time deposit) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for
property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by, such Person and all other items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance
sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided that none of the following shall be deemed to be an Investment: 
 (1)
Hedging Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of business and in compliance with this Indenture; 
 (2) endorsements
of negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business; and 
 (3) an acquisition of assets, Capital Stock
or other securities by the Company or a Subsidiary for consideration to the extent such consideration consists of Common Stock of the Company. 
 For purposes of Section 3.4, (i) “Investment” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in a Restricted Subsidiary to be designated as an
Unrestricted Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Restricted Subsidiary at the time that such Restricted Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such
Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (a) the Company’s “Investment” in such
Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (b) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets (as conclusively determined by the Board of Directors of the
Company in good faith) of such Subsidiary at the time that such Subsidiary is so redesignated a Restricted Subsidiary; (ii) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of
such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company; and (iii) if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary sells or otherwise disposes of any Voting Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary such that,
after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such entity is no longer a Subsidiary of the Company, the Company shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair market value (as
conclusively determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith) of the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary not sold or disposed of. 
 “Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and BBB- (or the equivalent) by Standard &
Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc., or any equivalent rating by any Rating Agency, in each case, with a stable or better outlook. 

“Issue Date” means February 22, 2011. 

  
 19 

 “Legal Holiday” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 11.8.

 “Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any
conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof). 
 “Net Available Cash”
from an Asset Disposition means cash payments received (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise and net proceeds from the sale or other disposition of any
securities received as consideration, but only as and when received, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring person of Indebtedness or other obligations relating to the properties or assets that are
the subject of such Asset Disposition or received in any other non-cash form) therefrom, in each case net of: 
 (1) all legal,
accounting, investment banking, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses Incurred, and all Federal, state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be paid or accrued as a liability under GAAP (after taking
into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing agreements), as a consequence of such Asset Disposition; 
 (2) all payments made on any Indebtedness which is secured by any assets subject to such Asset Disposition, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon such assets, or which must by its terms, or in
order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset Disposition, or by applicable law is required to be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Disposition; 
 (3) all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Disposition; and 

(4) the deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the seller as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities
associated with the assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Disposition. 
 “Net Cash Proceeds” with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock means the cash proceeds of such issuance or sale net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees,
underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, listing fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees and charges actually Incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result of
such issuance or sale (after taking into account any available tax credit or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements); provided that the cash proceeds of an Equity Offering by Holdings shall not be deemed Net Cash Proceeds, except to the
extent such cash proceeds are contributed to the Company. 
 “Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness of a
Person: 
 (1) as to which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary (a) provides any Guarantee or credit support
of any kind (including any undertaking, guarantee, indemnity, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness) or (b) is directly or indirectly liable (as a guarantor or otherwise); 

  
 20 

 (2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders thereof may have
to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit (upon notice, lapse of time or both) any holder of any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to declare a default under such other Indebtedness or
cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its stated maturity; and 
 (3) the explicit terms of which
provide there is no recourse against any of the assets of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 “Note
Guarantee” means, individually, any Guarantee of payment of the Notes by a Guarantor pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and any supplemental indenture thereto, and, collectively, all such Guarantees. Each such Guarantee will be
substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto. 
 “Note Register” means the register of Notes, maintained by
the Registrar, pursuant to Section 2.3. 
 “Notes” means the Notes issued under this Indenture.

 “Notes Custodian” means the custodian with respect to the Global Notes (as appointed by the Depositary), or
any successor Person thereto and shall initially be the Trustee. 
 “Offering Memorandum” means the Offering
Memorandum, dated February 16, 2011 relating to the issuance of the Notes. 
 “Officer” means the Chairman
of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company. Officer of any Guarantor has a correlative meaning. 

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by two Officers or by an Officer and either an Assistant
Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary of the Company. 
 “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal
counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company. 
 “Pari Passu
Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that ranks equally in right of payment to the Notes. 
 “Permitted
Holders” means Oak Hill Capital Partners III, L.P., Oak Hill Capital Management Partners III, L.P. and Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC (collectively, “Oak Hill”), investment funds managed or advised by Oak Hill, partners of Oak
Hill and any Affiliates or Related Persons thereof. 
 “Permitted Investment” means an Investment by the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in: 
 (1) (a) a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Person which shall, upon the making of
such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that the primary business of such Restricted Subsidiary is a Related Business; 

  
 21 

 (2) Investments held by another Person if such other Person is merged or consolidated with
or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all its assets to, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Person’s primary business is a Related Business; provided further, that in the
case of Investments held by such other Person, such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer; 
 (3) cash and Cash Equivalents; 
 (4) receivables owing to the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; provided, however, that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms as
the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under the circumstances; 
 (5) payroll, travel and similar
advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business; 

(6) to the extent permitted by applicable law, loans or advances to employees (other than executive officers) of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries made in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed $2.5 million (loans or advances that are
forgiven shall continue to be deemed outstanding); 
 (7) Equity Interests, obligations or securities received in settlement of
debts created in the ordinary course of business and owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or in satisfaction of judgments or pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of a debtor;

 (8) Investments made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Disposition that was made pursuant to
and in compliance with Section 3.8; 
 (9) Investments in existence on the Issue Date; 

(10) Currency Agreements, Interest Rate Agreements, Commodity Agreements and related Hedging Obligations, which transactions or
obligations are Incurred in compliance with Section 3.3; 
 (11) Investments by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries, together with all other Investments pursuant to this clause (11), in an aggregate amount at the time of such Investment not to exceed $15.0 million outstanding at any one time (with the fair market value of such Investment being
measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); 

  
 22 

 (12) Guarantees issued in accordance with Section 3.3; 

(13) any Asset Swap made in accordance with Section 3.8; 

(14) any acquisition of assets or Equity Interests solely in exchange for, or out of the Net Cash Proceeds received from, the
substantially contemporaneous issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that the amount of any such Net Cash Proceeds that are utilized for any such Investment
pursuant to this clause (14) will be excluded from clause (c)(ii) of Section 3.4(a); 
 (15) endorsements of
negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business; 
 (16) pledges or deposits permitted under clause
(2) of the definition of Permitted Liens. 
 (17) Investments made in connection with the funding of contributions under
any non-qualified retirement plan or similar employee compensation plan in an amount not to exceed the amount of compensation expense recognized by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such plans; and 

(18) Investments in or by any Foreign Subsidiary in an aggregate amount at the time of such Investments not to exceed $10.0 million
outstanding at any one time (with the fair market value of such Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value). 
 “Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person: 
 (1) Liens
securing Indebtedness and other obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement and related Hedging Obligations and liens on assets of Restricted Subsidiaries securing Guarantees of Indebtedness and other obligations of Holdings or its
Restricted Subsidiaries under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement permitted to be Incurred under this Indenture in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed $250.0 million; 

(2) pledges or deposits by such Person under workers’ compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good
faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or United
States government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 (3) Liens imposed by law, including carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s and
repairmen’s Liens Incurred in the ordinary course of business; 
 (4) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental
charges not yet subject to penalties for non-payment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings provided appropriate reserves required pursuant to GAAP have been made in respect thereof; 

  
 23 

 (5) Liens in favor of issuers of surety or performance bonds or letters of credit or
bankers’ acceptances issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business; provided, however, that such letters of credit do not constitute Indebtedness; 

(6) encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines,
telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including, without limitation, minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens
incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of
such Person; 
 (7) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as the related Indebtedness is, and is permitted to be under this
Indenture, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligation; 
 (8) leases, licenses, subleases and
sublicenses of assets (including, without limitation, real property and intellectual property rights) which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(9) judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as such Lien is adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings
which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired; 

(10) Liens for the purpose of securing the payment of all or a part of the purchase price of, or Capitalized Lease Obligations, purchase
money obligations or other payments Incurred by Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries to finance the acquisition, lease, improvement or construction of, assets or property acquired or constructed in the ordinary course of business, provided
that: 
 (a) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness secured by such Liens is otherwise permitted to
be Incurred under this Indenture and does not exceed the cost of the assets or property so acquired or constructed; and 
 (b) such Liens are created within 180 days of construction or acquisition of such assets or property and do not encumber any other assets or property of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
other than such assets or property and assets affixed or appurtenant thereto; 
 (11) Liens arising solely by virtue of any
statutory or common law provisions relating to banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depositary institution; provided that: 

(a) such deposit account is not a dedicated cash collateral account and is not subject to restrictions against access by
the Company in excess of those set forth by regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board; and 

  
 24 

 (b) such deposit account is not intended by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary to provide collateral to the depository institution; 
 (12) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing
statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 
 (13) Liens existing on the Issue Date, other than Liens Incurred pursuant to clause (1) of this definition; 
 (14) Liens on property or Capital Stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created, Incurred or assumed in
connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, further, however, that any such Lien may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 (15) Liens on property at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by
means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created, Incurred or assumed in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided
further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (16) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; 

(17) Liens securing the Notes and the Note Guarantees; 
 (18) Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refinance, refund, replace, amend, extend or modify, as a whole or in part, Indebtedness that was previously so secured pursuant to clauses (10),
(13), (14), (15), (17), (20) and (22), provided that any such Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or,
under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could secure) the Indebtedness being refinanced or is in respect of property that is the security for a Permitted Lien hereunder; 

(19) any interest or title of a lessor under any Capitalized Lease Obligation or operating lease; 

(20) Liens under industrial revenue, municipal or similar bonds; 

(21) Liens securing Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Obligations) of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate
principal amount outstanding at any one time not to exceed $25.0 million; and 

  
 25 

 (22) Liens securing Indebtedness of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurred
pursuant to Section 3.3(a), provided that on the date thereof the Consolidated Secured Debt Leverage Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is less than or equal to 1.50 to 1.00. 

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust,
unincorporated organization, limited liability company, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity. 
 “Preferred Stock,” as applied to the Capital Stock of any corporation, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends,
or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such corporation, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such corporation. 

“Preopening Costs” means “start-up costs” (such term used herein as defined in SOP 98-5 published by the
American Institute of Certified Public Accountants) related to the acquisition, opening and organizing of new restaurants, including, without limitation, the cost of feasibility studies, staff training and recruiting and travel costs for employees
engaged in such start-up activities. 
 “QIB” means any “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined
in Rule 144A under the Securities Act). 
 “Rating Agency” means each of Standard & Poor’s
Ratings Group, Inc. and Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or if Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or both shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized
statistical Rating Agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company (as certified by a resolution of the Board of Directors delivered to the Trustee) which shall be substituted for Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc.
or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or both, as the case may be. 
 “Receivable” means a right to receive
payment arising from a sale or lease of goods or the performance of services by a Person pursuant to an arrangement with another Person pursuant to which such other Person is obligated to pay for goods or services under terms that permit the
purchase of such goods and services on credit and shall include, in any event, any items of property that would be classified as an “account,” “chattel paper,” “payment intangible” or “instrument” under the
Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York and any “supporting obligations” as so defined. 

“Receivables Fees” means any fees or interest paid to purchasers or lenders providing the financing in connection with a
factoring agreement or other similar agreement, including any such amounts paid by discounting the face amount of Receivables or participations therein transferred in connection with a factoring agreement or other similar arrangement, regardless of
whether any such transaction is structured as on-balance sheet or off-balance sheet or through a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

  
 26 

 “Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that is Incurred to refund,
refinance, replace, exchange, renew, repay or extend (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) (collectively, “refinance,” “refinances,” and “refinanced” shall have a correlative meaning) any
Indebtedness existing on the date of this Indenture or Incurred in compliance with this Indenture (including Indebtedness of the Company that refinances Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary and Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that
refinances Indebtedness of another Restricted Subsidiary or the Company) including Indebtedness that refinances Refinancing Indebtedness, provided, however, that: 
 (1) (a) if the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced is earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Notes, the Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity no earlier than the Stated Maturity
of the Indebtedness being refinanced or (b) if the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced is later than the Stated Maturity of the Notes, the Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity at least 91 days later than the Stated
Maturity of the Notes; 
 (2) the Refinancing Indebtedness has an Average Life at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is
Incurred that is equal to or greater than the Average Life of the Indebtedness being refinanced; 
 (3) such Refinancing
Indebtedness is Incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the sum of the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the
aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being refinanced (plus, without duplication, any additional Indebtedness Incurred to pay interest or premiums required by the instruments governing such existing Indebtedness and fees
Incurred in connection therewith); and 
 (4) if the Indebtedness being refinanced is subordinated in right of payment to the
Notes, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes on terms at least as favorable to the holders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced,
defeased or refunded. 
 “Related Business” means (x) any business which is the same as or related,
ancillary or complementary to, or a reasonable extension or expansion of, any of the businesses of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of this Indenture and (y) any unrelated business to the extent it is not material to the
Company. 
 “Related Business Assets” means assets used or useful in a Related Business. 

“Related Person” with respect to any Permitted Holder means: 

(1) any controlling stockholder or a majority (or more) owned Subsidiary of such Permitted Holder or, in the case of an individual, any
spouse or immediate family member of such Permitted Holder, any trust created for the benefit of such individual or such individual’s estate, executor, administrator, committee or beneficiaries; or 

  
 27 

 (2) any trust, corporation, partnership or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders,
partners, owners or Persons beneficially holding a majority (or more) controlling interest of which consist of such Permitted Holder and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause (1). 

“Responsible Officer” shall mean, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust
department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the
persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the
administration of this Indenture. 
 “Restricted Investment” means any Investment other than a Permitted
Investment. 
 “Restricted Note” means a Note that constitutes a “restricted security” within the
meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act; provided, however, that the Trustee shall be entitled to request and conclusively rely on an opinion of counsel with respect to whether any Note constitutes a Restricted Note.

 “Restricted Notes Legend” means the Private Placement Legend set forth in clause (A) of
Section 2.1(d) or the Regulation S Legend set forth in clause (B) of Section 2.1(d), as applicable. 
 “Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 “Sale/Leaseback Transaction” with respect to any Person means an arrangement relating to property now owned or hereafter acquired whereby the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary transfers
such property to a Person and the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary leases it from such Person. 
 “SEC” means
the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. 
 “Secured Indebtedness” means, with respect to any
Person on any date of determination, any Indebtedness of such Person secured by any Lien. 
 “Securities Act”
means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder. 

“Senior Secured Credit Agreement” means the Credit Agreement among Dave & Buster’s, as Borrower, 6131646
Canada Inc., as Canadian Borrower, JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the lenders parties thereto from time to time, as the same may be amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part
from time to time (including increasing the amount loaned thereunder provided that such additional Indebtedness is Incurred in accordance with Section 3.3); provided that a Senior Secured Credit Agreement shall not
(x) include Indebtedness issued, created or Incurred pursuant to a registered offering of securities under the Securities Act or a private placement of securities 

  
 28 

 
(including under Rule 144A or Regulation S) pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act or (y) relate to Indebtedness that does not consist exclusively
of Pari Passu Indebtedness. 
 “Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a
“Significant Subsidiary” of the Company within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC. 

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which
the payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision, but shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such principal prior to the date originally
scheduled for the payment thereof. 
 “Stock Purchase Agreement” means the Stock Purchase Agreement by and
among Holdings, the sellers party thereto, each option holder of Holdings party thereto and Games Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation, as Buyer, dated as of May 2, 2010. 

“Subordinated Obligation” means any Indebtedness of the Company (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter
Incurred) which is subordinated or junior in right of payment to the Notes pursuant to a written agreement. 

“Subsidiary” of any Person means (a) any corporation, association or other business entity (other than a
partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total ordinary voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of
directors, managers or trustees thereof (or persons performing similar functions) or (b) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total
equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, is, in the case of clauses (a) and (b), at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by (1) such Person, (2) such Person and one or
more Subsidiaries of such Person or (3) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person. Unless otherwise specified herein, each reference to a Subsidiary shall refer to a Subsidiary of the Company. 

“Successor Company” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in clause (i) of Section 4.1. 

“TIA” or “Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C.
§§ 77aaa-77bbbb), as in effect from time to time. 
 “Transactions” means the transactions
contemplated by the Stock Purchase Agreement, the initial borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, the issuance of the Existing Senior Notes, the application of the proceeds therefrom and the payment of related fees and expenses.

 “Treasury Rate” means the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities
with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two 

  
 29 

 
Business Days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the
redemption date to August 15, 2013; provided, however, that if the period from the redemption date to August 15, 2013 is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield
is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period
from the redemption date to August 15, 2013 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used. 

“Trustee” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means such
successor. 
 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means: 

(1) any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of
Directors of the Company in the manner provided below; and 
 (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any newly acquired or newly formed
Subsidiary or a Person becoming a Subsidiary through merger or consolidation or Investment therein) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary only if: 
 (1) such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries does not own any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of or have any Investment in, or own or hold any Lien on any property of, any other Subsidiary of the Company
which is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated or otherwise an Unrestricted Subsidiary; 
 (2) all the
Indebtedness of such Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries shall, at the date of designation, and shall at all times thereafter, consist of Non-Recourse Debt; 
 (3) such designation and the Investment of the Company in such Subsidiary complies with Section 3.4; 
 (4) such Subsidiary, either alone or in the aggregate with all other Unrestricted Subsidiaries, does not operate, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the business of the Company and its
Subsidiaries; 
 (5) such Subsidiary is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation: 
 (a) to subscribe for additional Capital Stock of such
Person; or 

  
 30 

 (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to
cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and 
 (6) on the date such Subsidiary is designated an
Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary is not a party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary with terms substantially less favorable to the Company than those that might have been
obtained from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company. 
 Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company
shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complies with the foregoing
conditions. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the foregoing requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of
such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred as of such date. 
 The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any
Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof and if such
Unrestricted Subsidiary is a Subsidiary of the Company (other than Dave & Buster’s or any of its Subsidiaries), the Company could Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under clause (1) of Section 3.3(a) and
if such Unrestricted Subsidiary is a Subsidiary of Dave & Buster’s, Dave & Buster’s could Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under clause (2) of Section 3.3(a), in each case, on a pro forma
basis taking into account such designation. 
 “U.S. Government Obligations” means securities that are
(a) direct obligations of the United States for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (b) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States the
timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of the United States, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depositary receipt
issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligations or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government Obligations held by such
custodian for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any
amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligations or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. Government Obligations evidenced by such depositary receipt. 

“Voting Stock” of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock of such Person then outstanding and normally entitled to
vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees, as applicable. 

  
 31 

 “Wholly Owned Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary, all of the Capital
Stock of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) is owned by the Company or another Wholly Owned Subsidiary. 

Other Definitions. 
  

					
	 Term
	  	Defined in
Section	 
	 “Additional Notes”
	  	 	Recitals  	  
	 “Additional Restricted Notes”
	  	 	2.1(b)	  
	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	 	3.9(a)	  
	 “Agent Members”
	  	 	2.1(e)	  
	 “Asset Disposition Offer”
	  	 	3.8(b)	  
	 “Asset Disposition Offer Amount”
	  	 	3.8(c)	  
	 “Asset Disposition Offer Period”
	  	 	3.8(c)	  
	 “Asset Disposition Purchase Date”
	  	 	3.8(c)	  
	 “Authenticating Agent”
	  	 	2.2    	  
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	 	3.10(b)	  
	 “Change of Control Payment”
	  	 	3.10(b)	  
	 “Change of Control Payment Date”
	  	 	3.10(b)	  
	 “Company”
	  	 	Recitals  	  
	 “Company Order”
	  	 	2.2    	  
	 “covenant defeasance option”
	  	 	8.1(b)	  
	 “Covenant Suspension Event”
	  	 	3.22(a)	  
	 “Dave & Buster’s”
	  	 	Recitals  	  
	 “Event of Default”
	  	 	6.1    	  
	 “Excess Proceeds”
	  	 	3.8(b)	  
	 “Funds in Trust”
	  	 	8.2(1)	  
	 “Global Notes”
	  	 	2.1(b)	  
	 “IAI”
	  	 	2.1(b)	  
	 “Initial Notes”
	  	 	Recitals  	  
	 “Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note”
	  	 	2.1(b)	  
	 “Institutional Accredited Investor Notes”
	  	 	2.1(b)	  
	 “legal defeasance option”
	  	 	8.1(b)	  
	 “Notes”
	  	 	Recitals  	  
	 “Obligations”
	  	 	10.1    	  
	 “Original Issue Discount”
	  	 	2.1(d)	  
	 “Parent Entity”
	  	 	3.4(b)	  
	 “Pari Passu Notes”
	  	 	3.8(b)	  
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	 	2.3    	  
	 “Permanent Regulation S Global Note”
	  	 	2.1(b)	  
	 “Permitted Parent Payments”
	  	 	3.4(b)	  
	 “Private Placement Legend”
	  	 	2.1(d)	  
	 “Redemption Date”
	  	 	5.5    	  
	 “Registrar”
	  	 	2.3    	  
	 “Regulation S”
	  	 	2.1(b)	  
	 “Regulation S Global Note”
	  	 	2.1(b)	  

  
 32 

					
	 Term
	  	Defined in
Section	 
	 “Regulation S Legend”
	  	 	2.1(d)	  
	 “Regulation S Notes”
	  	 	2.1(b)	  
	 “Reinstatement Date”
	  	 	3.22(b)	  
	 “Reinstatement Event”

“Resale Restriction Termination Date”
	  	 
  
	3.22(b)
 2.6(a)
	  
   

	 “Restricted Payment”
	  	 	3.4(a)	  
	 “Restricted Period”
	  	 	2.1(b)	  
	 “Rule 144A Global Note”
	  	 	2.1(b)	  
	 “Rule 144A Note”
	  	 	2.1(b)	  
	 “Semi-Annual Accrual Date”
	  	 	1.1    	  
	 “Series B Global Note”
	  	 	2.1(b)	  
	 “Specific Date”
	  	 	1.1    	  
	 “Successor Guarantor”
	  	 	4.1    	  
	 “Suspended Covenants”
	  	 	3.22(a)	  
	 “Suspension Period”
	  	 	3.22(b)	  
	 “Temporary Regulation S Global Note”
	  	 	2.1(b)	  

 SECTION 1.2. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. This Indenture is subject to
the mandatory provisions of the TIA which are incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following TIA terms have the following meaning: 
 “Commission” means the SEC. 
 “indenture notes” means the
Notes. 
 “indenture security holder” means a Noteholder. 

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture. 
 “indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee. 
 “obligor” on the indenture securities means the Company and any other obligor on the indenture securities. 
 All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by the TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule have the meanings assigned to them by such definitions.

 SECTION 1.3. Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires: 

(1) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 

(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 

  
 33 

 (3) “or” is not exclusive; 

(4) “including” means including without limitation; 

(5) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular; 

(6) unsecured Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be subordinate or junior to secured Indebtedness merely by virtue of its
nature as unsecured Indebtedness; 
 (7) the principal amount of any noninterest bearing or other discount
security at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the issuer dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP; 

(8) the principal amount of any Preferred Stock shall be (i) the maximum liquidation value of such Preferred Stock or
(ii) the maximum mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price with respect to such Preferred Stock, whichever is greater; and 
 (9) “$” and “U.S. dollars” each refer to United States dollars, or such other money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private
debts. 
 ARTICLE II 
 The Notes 
 SECTION 2.1. Form, Dating and Terms. (a) The
aggregate principal amount at maturity of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited. The Initial Notes issued on the date hereof will be in an aggregate principal amount at maturity of $180,790,000. In addition,
the Company may issue, from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, including, without limitation, Section 3.3(a) hereof, Additional Notes. Furthermore, Notes may be authenticated and delivered upon registration
or transfer, or in lieu of, other Notes pursuant to Section 2.6, 2.10, 2.12 or 9.5 or in connection with an Asset Disposition Offer pursuant to Section 3.8 or a Change of Control Offer pursuant to
Section 3.10. 
 The Initial Notes shall be known and designated as “12.25% Senior Discount Notes, Series A,
due 2016” of the Company. Additional Notes issued as Restricted Notes shall be known and designated as “12.25% Senior Discount Notes, Series A, due 2016” of the Company. Additional Notes issued other than as Restricted Notes shall be
known and designated as “12.25% Senior Discount Notes, Series B, due 2016” of the Company. 
 With respect to any
Additional Notes, the Company shall set forth in (a) a Board Resolution and (b)(i) an Officers’ Certificate or (ii) one or more indentures supplemental hereto, the following information: 

(i) the aggregate principal amount at maturity of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this
Indenture; 

  
 34 

 (ii) the issue price and the issue date of such Additional Notes; and

 (iii) whether such Additional Notes shall be Restricted Notes issued in the form of Exhibit A hereto and/or
shall be issued in the form of Exhibit B hereto. 
 The Initial Notes and the Additional Notes shall be considered collectively
as a single class for all purposes of this Indenture. Holders of the Initial Notes and the Additional Notes shall vote and consent together on all matters to which such Holders are entitled to vote or consent as one class, and none of the Holders of
the Initial Notes or the Additional Notes shall have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter to which such Holders are entitled to vote or consent. 
 (b) The Initial Notes are being offered and sold by the Company pursuant to a Purchase Agreement, dated February 16, 2011 among the Company and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Jefferies &
Company, Inc., as the initial purchasers. The Initial Notes and any Additional Notes (if issued as Restricted Notes) (“Additional Restricted Notes”) shall be resold initially only to (A) QIBs and (B) Persons other than
U.S. Persons (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act (“Regulation S”)) in reliance on Regulation S. Such Initial Notes and Additional Restricted Notes may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs, purchasers in
reliance on Regulation S and institutional “accredited investors” (as defined in Rules 501(a)(1), (2), (3) and (7) under the Securities Act) who are not QIBs (“IAIs”) in accordance with Rule 501 of the Securities
Act in accordance with the procedure described herein. Additional Notes offered after the date hereof may be offered and sold by the Company from time to time pursuant to one or more purchase agreements in accordance with applicable law. 

Initial Notes and Additional Restricted Notes offered and sold to QIBs in the United States in reliance on Rule 144A (the “Rule
144A Notes”) shall be issued in the form of a permanent global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A, which is hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, including appropriate legends as set forth in
Section 2.1(d) (the “Rule 144A Global Note”), deposited with the Notes Custodian, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Rule 144A Global Note may be represented by
more than one certificate, if so required by the Depositary’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Rule 144A Global Note may from time to time
be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee, as hereinafter provided. 
 Initial Notes and any Additional Restricted Notes offered and sold outside the United States (the “Regulation S Notes”) in reliance on Regulation S shall initially be issued in the
form of a temporary global security (the “Temporary Regulation S Global Note”). Beneficial interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note will be exchanged for beneficial interests in a corresponding permanent global Note,
substantially in the form of Exhibit A including appropriate legends as set forth in Section 2.1(d) (the “Permanent Regulation S Global Note” and, together with the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, each a
“Regulation S Global Note”) within a reasonable period after the expiration of the Restricted Period (as defined below) upon delivery of the certification contemplated by Section 2.7. Each Regulation S Global Note shall
be deposited upon issuance with the Notes Custodian in the manner described in this Article II 

  
 35 

 
for credit by the Depositary to the respective accounts of the purchasers (or to such other accounts as they may direct), including, but not limited to, accounts at Euroclear or
Clearstream. Prior to the 40th day after the later of the commencement of the offering of the Initial Notes and the Issue Date (such period through and including such 40th day, the “Restricted Period”), interests in the Temporary
Regulation S Global Note may only be transferred to non-U.S. persons pursuant to Regulation S, unless exchanged for interests in a Global Note in accordance with the transfer and certification requirements described herein. 

Investors may hold their interests in the Regulation S Global Note directly through Euroclear or Clearstream, if they are participants in
such systems, or indirectly through organizations that are participants in such systems. Investors may also hold such interests through organizations other than Euroclear or Clearstream that are participants in the Depositary’s system. If
interests in the Regulation S Global Note are held through Euroclear or Clearstream, Euroclear and Clearstream shall hold such interests in the Regulation S Global Note through the Depositary on behalf of their participants through customers’
securities accounts in their respective names on the books of their respective depositaries. Such depositaries, in turn, shall hold such interests in the applicable Regulation S Global Note in customers’ securities accounts in the
depositaries’ names on the books of the Depositary. The Regulation S Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by the Depositary’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single
certificate. The aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Regulation S Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, and the Depositary or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.

 Initial Notes and any Additional Restricted Notes resold to IAIs (the “Institutional Accredited Investor
Notes”) in the United States shall be issued in the form of a permanent global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A including appropriate legends as set forth in Section 2.1(d) (the “Institutional Accredited
Investor Global Note”) deposited with the Notes Custodian, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note may be represented by more than one
certificate, if so required by the Depositary’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note may from
time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary, as hereinafter provided. 
 Any Additional Notes issued other than as Restricted Notes shall be issued in the form of one or more permanent global Notes substantially in the form of Exhibit B (each, a “Series B Global
Note”) deposited with the Notes Custodian, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. A Series B Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by the
Depositary’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Series B Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on
the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee, as hereinafter provided. 

  
 36 

 The Rule 144A Global Note, the Regulation S Global Note, the Institutional Accredited
Investor Global Note, if any, and the Series B Global Note are sometimes collectively herein referred to as the “Global Notes.” 
 The Accreted Value of, and premium, if any, on, the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose in The City of New York, or at such other office or agency of
the Company as may be maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3. Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including Accreted Value and premium, if any) shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available
funds to the accounts specified by the Depositary. Payments in respect of Notes represented by Definitive Notes (including Accreted Value and premium, if any) held by a Holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount at maturity of Notes
represented by Definitive Notes shall be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying
Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept). 
 The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage, in addition to those set forth on Exhibit A and Exhibit B and in
Section 2.1(d). The Company shall approve the forms of the Notes and any notation, endorsement or legend on them. Any such notation, endorsement or legend shall be furnished to the Trustee in writing. Each Note shall be dated the date of
its authentication. The terms of the Notes set forth in Exhibit A and Exhibit B are part of the terms of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, the Company and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture,
expressly agree to be bound by such terms. 
 (c) Denominations. The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered
form, without coupons, and only in denominations of $2,000 principal amount at maturity and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. 
 (d) Restrictive Legends. 
 (A) the Rule 144A Global Note and the
Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note shall (x) be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 2.6 (including those set forth in the legend below) and (y) bear the following legend (the “Private
Placement Legend”) on the face thereof: 
 “THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF
1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR
OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR
ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR 

  
 37 

 
OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON
WHICH THE COMPANY OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY), ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT
THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES
WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED
INVESTOR ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT AT MATURITY OF THE SECURITIES OF $250,000, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO
OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE
TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE
REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE. 
 BY ITS ACQUISITION OF THIS SECURITY THE
HOLDER HEREOF WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT EITHER (I) NO PORTION OF THE ASSETS USED BY SUCH HOLDER TO ACQUIRE, HOLD OR DISPOSE OF THIS SECURITY CONSTITUTES ASSETS OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I
OF THE U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), ANY PLAN, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER ARRANGEMENT THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE
“CODE”), ANY GOVERNMENTAL, CHURCH, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (COLLECTIVELY, “SIMILAR LAWS”), OR ANY ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE
“PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY SUCH PLAN, ACCOUNT OR ARRANGEMENT, OR (II) THE ACQUISITION, HOLDING 

  
 38 

 
OR DISPOSITION OF THIS SECURITY WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A SIMILAR VIOLATION UNDER ANY APPLICABLE SIMILAR
LAWS.” 
 (B) the Regulation S Global Note shall (x) be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in
Section 2.6 (including those set forth in the legend below) and (y) bear the following legend (the “Regulation S Legend”) on the face thereof: 
 “THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO OR
FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING
THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“REGULATION S”), (2) BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS
PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE
COMPANY OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY), ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,
(C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT
PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN
THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR
ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT AT MATURITY OF THE SECURITIES OF $250,000, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR
OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S
RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE 

  
 39 

 
OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL
BE REMOVED AFTER 40 CONSECUTIVE DAYS BEGINNING ON AND INCLUDING THE LATER OF (A) THE DAY ON WHICH THE SECURITIES ARE OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S) AND (B) THE DATE OF THE CLOSING OF THE ORIGINAL
OFFERING. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. 

BY ITS ACQUISITION OF THIS SECURITY THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A
U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. 

BY ITS ACQUISITION OF THIS SECURITY THE HOLDER HEREOF WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT EITHER (I) NO PORTION OF
THE ASSETS USED BY SUCH HOLDER TO ACQUIRE, HOLD OR DISPOSE OF THIS SECURITY CONSTITUTES ASSETS OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), ANY
PLAN, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER ARRANGEMENT THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), ANY GOVERNMENTAL, CHURCH, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR
TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (COLLECTIVELY, “SIMILAR LAWS”), OR ANY ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY SUCH PLAN, ACCOUNT OR ARRANGEMENT, OR (II) THE ACQUISITION, HOLDING OR
DISPOSITION OF THIS SECURITY WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A SIMILAR VIOLATION UNDER ANY APPLICABLE SIMILAR LAWS.” 

(C) Each Global Note, whether or not an Initial Note, shall bear the following legend on the face thereof: 

“UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION
(“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED 

  
 40 

 
REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN
INTEREST HEREIN. 
 TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO
NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE
HEREOF.” 
 (D) Each Global Note, whether or not an Initial Note, shall bear the following legend on the face thereof:

 THIS NOTE HAS BEEN ISSUED WITH “ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 1272 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE
CODE, AS AMENDED). UPON WRITTEN REQUEST, THE COMPANY WILL PROMPTLY MAKE AVAILABLE TO ANY HOLDER OF THIS NOTE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION: (1) THE ISSUE PRICE AND DATE OF THE NOTE, (2) THE AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT ON THE NOTE AND
(3) THE YIELD TO MATURITY OF THE NOTE. HOLDERS SHOULD CONTACT THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER OF THE ISSUER AT (214) 357-9588. 
 (e) Book-Entry Provisions. (i) This Section 2.1(e) shall apply only to Global Notes deposited with the Notes Custodian. 

(ii) Each Global Note initially shall (x) be registered in the name of the Depositary for such Global Note or the nominee of such
Depositary, (y) be delivered to the Notes Custodian for such Depositary and (z) bear legends as set forth in Section 2.1(d). 
 (iii) Members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary or
by the Trustee as the custodian of the Depositary or under such Global Note, and the Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes
whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or
impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of the Depositary governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note. 

(iv) The registered Holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any person, including Agent Members and persons
that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes. 

  
 41 

 (v) In connection with any transfer of a portion of the beneficial interest in a Global Note
pursuant to subsection (f) of this Section 2.1 to beneficial owners who are required to hold Definitive Notes, the Trustee shall reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount at maturity of such
Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount at maturity of the beneficial interest in the Global Note to be transferred, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, one or more Definitive Notes of like
tenor and amount. 
 (vi) In connection with the transfer of an entire Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to subsection
(e) of this Section, such Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, to each beneficial owner identified by the Depositary in
exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount at maturity of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations. 
 (vii) Any Holder of a Global Note shall, by acceptance of such Global Note, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such Global Note may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by
(a) the Holder of such Global Note (or its agent) or (b) any Holder of a beneficial interest in such Global Note, and that ownership of a beneficial interest in such Global Note shall be required to be reflected in a book entry.

 (f) Definitive Notes. Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in Global Notes shall not be entitled
to receive Definitive Notes. If required to do so pursuant to any applicable law or regulation, beneficial owners may obtain Definitive Notes in exchange for their beneficial interests in a Global Note upon written request in accordance with the
Depositary’s and the Registrar’s procedures. In addition, Definitive Notes shall be delivered to all beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial interests in a Global Note if (i) the Depositary notifies the Company that it is
unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for such Global Note or the Depositary ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, at a time when the Depositary is required to be so registered in order to act as Depositary, and
in each case a successor depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days of such notice or, (ii) the Company executes and delivers to the Trustee and Registrar an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Global Note shall be
so exchangeable or (iii) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Registrar has received a request from the Depositary. 
 (g) Any Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.1(e)(v) or (vi) shall, except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, bear the
applicable legend regarding transfer restrictions applicable to the Definitive Note set forth in Section 2.1(d). 

(h) In connection with the exchange of a portion of a Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in a Global Note, the Trustee shall
cancel such Definitive Note, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, to the transferring Holder a new Definitive Note representing the principal amount at maturity not so transferred and the relevant Global
Note shall be increased by an adjustment made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary. 

  
 42 

 SECTION 2.2. Execution and Authentication. Two Officers shall sign the Notes for
the Company by manual or facsimile signature. If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless. 

A Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually authenticates the Note. The signature of the Trustee on a
Note shall be conclusive evidence that such Note has been duly and validly authenticated and issued under this Indenture. A Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. 
 At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery: (1) Initial Notes for original issue on the Issue
Date in an aggregate principal amount at maturity of $180,790,000 and (2) subject to the terms of this Indenture, Additional Notes for original issue in an unlimited principal amount at maturity, in each case upon a written order of the Company
signed by two Officers or by an Officer and either a Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary of the Company (the “Company Order”). Such Company Order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the
original issue of Notes is to be authenticated and whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes or Additional Notes. 
 The Trustee
may (at the expense of the Company) appoint an agent (the “Authenticating Agent”) reasonably acceptable to the Company to authenticate the Notes. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, any such Authenticating Agent may
authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. 
 In case the Company, pursuant to Article IV shall be consolidated or merged with or into any other Person or shall convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its properties and assets
substantially as an entirety to any Person, and the successor Person resulting from such consolidation, or surviving such merger, or into which the Company shall have been merged, or the Person which shall have received a conveyance, transfer, lease
or other disposition as aforesaid, shall have executed an indenture supplemental hereto with the Trustee pursuant to Article IV, any of the Notes authenticated or delivered prior to such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or
other disposition may, from time to time, at the request of the successor Person, be exchanged for other Notes executed in the name of the successor Person with such changes in phraseology and form as may be appropriate, but otherwise in substance
of like tenor as the Notes surrendered for such exchange and of like principal amount at maturity; and the Trustee, upon Company Order of the successor Person, shall authenticate and deliver Notes as specified in such order for the purpose of such
exchange. If Notes shall at any time be authenticated and delivered in any new name of a successor Person pursuant to this Section 2.2 in exchange or substitution for or upon registration of transfer of any Notes, such successor Person,
at the option of the Holders but without expense to them, shall provide for the exchange of all Notes at the time outstanding for Notes authenticated and delivered in such new name. 

SECTION 2.3. Registrar and Paying Agent. The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for
registration of transfer or for exchange (the “Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (the “Paying 

  
 43 

 
Agent”). The Company shall cause each of the Registrar and the Paying Agent to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York. The Registrar shall
keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange (the “Note Register”). The Company may have one registrar and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent.

 The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar or Paying Agent not a party to this
Indenture, which shall incorporate the terms of the TIA. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of each such agent. If the
Company fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.7. The Company or any of its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries that is a
Domestic Subsidiary may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or transfer agent. 
 The Company initially appoints the Trustee as Notes
Custodian, Registrar and Paying Agent for the Notes. The Company may remove any Notes Custodian, Registrar or Paying Agent upon written notice to such Notes Custodian, Registrar or Paying Agent and to the Trustee; provided, however, that no
such removal shall become effective until (i) acceptance of any appointment by a successor as evidenced by an appropriate agreement entered into by the Company and such successor Notes Custodian, Registrar or Paying Agent, as the case may be,
and delivered to the Trustee or (ii) notification to the Trustee that the Trustee shall serve as Notes Custodian, Registrar or Paying Agent until the appointment of a successor in accordance with clause (i) above. The Notes Custodian,
Registrar or Paying Agent may resign at any time upon written notice to the Company and the Trustee. 
 SECTION
2.4. Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust. By at least 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any Accreted Value of (and premium, if any, on) any Note is due and payable, the Company shall irrevocably deposit with the Paying
Agent a sum sufficient in immediately available funds to pay such Accreted Value (and premium, if any) when due. The Company shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that such Paying Agent shall hold in trust for
the benefit of the Holders or the Trustee all money held by such Paying Agent for the payment of Accreted Value of (and premium, if any, on) the Notes and shall notify the Trustee in writing of any default by the Company or any Guarantor, if any, in
making any such payment. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it as a separate trust fund. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent (other than the Trustee)
to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by such Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money
delivered to the Trustee. Upon any bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding with respect to the Company, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes. 
 SECTION 2.5. Holder Lists. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders and shall
otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar or to the extent otherwise required under the TIA, the Company, on its own behalf and on behalf of 

  
 44 

 
each Guarantor, if any, shall furnish to the Trustee in writing at such times as the Trustee may request in writing within 15 days, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may
reasonably require of the names and addresses of Holders and the Company shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). 

SECTION 2.6. Transfer and Exchange. 
 (a) The following provisions shall apply with respect to any proposed transfer of a Rule 144A Note or an Institutional Accredited Investor Note prior to the date which is one year after the later of the
date of its original issue and the last date on which the Company or any Affiliate of the Company was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (the “Resale Restriction Termination Date”): 

(i) a transfer of a Rule 144A Note or an Institutional Accredited Investor Note or a beneficial interest therein to a QIB
shall be made upon the representation of the transferee in the form as set forth on the reverse of the Note that it is purchasing the Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it
and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding
the Company as it has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration
provided by Rule 144A; 
 (ii) a transfer of a Rule 144A Note or an Institutional Accredited Investor Note
or a beneficial interest therein to an IAI shall be made upon receipt by the Trustee or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Section 2.8 hereof from the proposed transferee and, if requested by the Company or
the Trustee, the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to each of them; and 
 (iii) a transfer of a Rule 144A Note or an Institutional Accredited Investor Note or a beneficial interest therein to a Non-U.S. Person shall be made upon receipt by the Trustee or its agent of a
certificate substantially in the form set forth in Section 2.9 hereof from the proposed transferee and, if requested by the Company or the Trustee, the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certification and/or other information
satisfactory to each of them. 
 (b) The following provisions shall apply with respect to any proposed transfer of a Regulation
S Note prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period: 
 (i) a transfer of a Regulation S Note or a beneficial
interest therein to a QIB shall be made upon the representation of the transferee, in the form of assignment on the reverse of the certificate, that it is purchasing the Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole
investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it

  
 45 

 
has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the
transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A; 
 (ii) a transfer of a Regulation S Note or a beneficial interest therein to an IAI shall be made upon receipt by the Trustee or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in
Section 2.8 hereof from the proposed transferee and, if requested by the Company or the Trustee, the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to each of them; and 

(iii) a transfer of a Regulation S Note or a beneficial interest therein to a Non-U.S. Person shall be made upon receipt
by the Trustee or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Section 2.9 hereof from the proposed transferee and, if requested by the Company or the Trustee, receipt by the Trustee or its agent of an opinion of
counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to each of them. 
 After the expiration of the Restricted Period,
interests in the Regulation S Note may be transferred in accordance with applicable law without requiring the certification set forth in Section 2.9 or any additional certification. 

(c) Restricted Notes Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing a Restricted Notes Legend, the
Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear a Restricted Notes Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes bearing a Restricted Notes Legend, the Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear such Restricted Notes Legend unless
there is delivered to the Registrar an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act. Any Additional Notes
sold in a registered offering shall not be required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend. 
 (d) The Registrar shall retain
copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to Section 2.1 or this Section 2.6 in accordance with its records retention policy. The Company shall have the right to inspect and make copies
of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable written notice to the Registrar. 
 (e) Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Notes. 
 (i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall, subject to the other terms and conditions of this Article II, execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes
and Global Notes at the Registrar’s request. 
 (ii) No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any
registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or
similar governmental charges payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 3.8, 3.10 or 9.5). 

  
 46 

 (iii) The Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or
exchange of any Note for a period beginning 15 Business Days before the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing. 

(iv) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or
the Registrar may deem and treat the Person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of Accreted Value of (and premium, if any, on) such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever,
whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 
 (v) All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes
surrendered upon such transfer or exchange. 
 (f) No Obligation of the Trustee. (i) The Trustee shall have no
responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in, the Depositary or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depositary or its nominee or of any participant or member
thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depositary) of any notice or the payment of any amount or delivery of any Notes
(or other security or property) under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders in respect of the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the
registered Holders (which shall be the Depositary or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depositary subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the
Depositary. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depositary with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners. 

(ii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer
imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depositary participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than, if the
Trustee has received prior notice of a transfer, to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine
the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. 
 SECTION 2.7. Form of
Certificate to be Delivered upon Termination of Restricted Period. 

  
 47 

 [Date] 
 Dave & Buster’s Parent, Inc. 
 c/o Dave & Buster’s, Inc. 

2481 Mañana Drive 
 Dallas, Texas 75220

 Attention: Chief Financial Officer 

and 
 Wells Fargo Bank – DAPS Reorg.

 MAC N9303-121 
 608 2nd Avenue South

 Minneapolis, MN 55479 
 Fax:
(866)969-1290 
 with a copy to: 

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. 
 Corporate Trust
Administration 
 45 Broadway, 14th Floor 
 New York, NY 10006 
 Attention: Dave & Buster’s Parent, Inc. Administrator

  

	 	Re:	Dave & Buster’s Parent, Inc. 

 12.25% Senior Discount Notes due 2016 (the “Notes”) 
 Ladies and Gentlemen:

 This letter relates to Notes represented by a temporary global note (the “Temporary Regulation S Global
Note”). Pursuant to Section 2.1 of the Indenture dated as of February 22, 2011 relating to the Notes (the “Indenture”), we hereby certify that the persons who are the beneficial owners of
$[            ] principal amount at maturity of Notes represented by the Temporary Regulation S Global Note are persons outside the United States to whom beneficial interests in such
Notes could be transferred in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Accordingly, you are hereby requested to issue a Permanent Regulation S Global Note representing the undersigned’s
interest in the principal amount at maturity of Notes represented by the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, all in the manner provided by the Indenture. 
 You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or
official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this letter have the meanings set forth in Regulation S. 

  
 48 

					
		 	Very truly yours,
		
		 	[Name of Transferor]
			
		 	By:	 	  

		 		 	Authorized Signature

 SECTION 2.8. Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers to Institutional
Accredited Investors. 
 [Date] 
 Dave & Buster’s Parent, Inc. 
 c/o Dave & Buster’s, Inc. 

2481 Mañana Drive 
 Dallas, Texas 75220

 Attention: Chief Financial Officer 

and 
 Wells Fargo Bank – DAPS Reorg.

 MAC N9303-121 
 608 2nd Avenue South

 Minneapolis, MN 55479 
 Fax:
(866)969-1290 
 with a copy to: 

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. 
 Corporate Trust
Administration 
 45 Broadway, 14th Floor 
 New York, NY 10006 
 Attention: Dave & Buster’s Parent, Inc. Administrator

  

	 	Re:	Dave & Buster’s Parent, Inc. 

 12.25% Senior Discount Notes due 2016 (the “Notes”) 
 Dear Sirs: 

This certificate is delivered to request a transfer of
$                     principal amount at maturity of the Notes of Dave & Buster’s Parent, Inc. (the
“Company”). 

  
 49 

 Upon transfer, the Notes would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as
follows: 
  

					
		 	 Name:	 	  

					
			
		 	 Address:	 	  

					
			
		 	 Taxpayer ID Number:	 	  

The undersigned represents and warrants to you that: 

1. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)) purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor” at least $250,000 principal amount at maturity of the Notes, and we are
acquiring the Notes not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits
and risk of our investment in the Notes and we invest in or purchase securities similar to the Notes in the normal course of our business. We and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.

 2. We understand that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and, unless so registered, may not be sold
except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Notes to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Notes prior to the date that is one year after the later of
the date of original issue and the last date on which the Company or any affiliate of the Company was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (the “Resale Restriction Termination Date”) only (a) to the Company,
(b) pursuant to a registration statement which has been declared effective under the Securities Act, (c) in a transaction complying with the requirements of Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“Rule 144A”), to a person we
reasonably believe is a qualified institutional buyer under Rule 144A (a “QIB”) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a QIB and to whom notice is given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A,
(d) pursuant to offers and sales that occur outside the United States within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (e) to an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2),
(3) or (7) under the Securities Act that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor,” in each case in a minimum principal amount at maturity of Notes of $250,000 or
(f) pursuant to any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, subject in each of the foregoing cases to any requirement of law that the disposition of our property or the property of such investor
account or accounts be at all times within our or their control and in compliance with any applicable state securities laws. The foregoing restrictions on resale shall not apply subsequent to the Resale Restriction Termination Date. If any resale or
other transfer of the Notes is proposed to be made pursuant to clause (e) above prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter to the Company
and the Trustee, which shall provide, among other things, that the transferee is an institutional “accredited investor” (within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) and that it is acquiring
such Notes for investment purposes and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act. Each purchaser acknowledges that the Company and the Trustee reserve the right prior to any offer, sale or other transfer prior to the Resale Restriction
Termination Date of the Notes pursuant to clauses (d), (e) or (f) above to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications and/or other information satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee. 

  
 50 

 
			
	TRANSFEREE:	 	
 

			
		
	BY:	 	  

 SECTION 2.9. Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to
Regulation S. 
 [Date] 
 Dave & Buster’s Parent, Inc. 
 c/o Dave & Buster’s, Inc. 

2481 Mañana Drive 
 Dallas, Texas 75220

 Attention: Chief Financial Officer 

and 
 Wells Fargo Bank – DAPS Reorg.

 MAC N9303-121 
 608 2nd Avenue South

 Minneapolis, MN 55479 
 Fax:
(866)969-1290 
 with a copy to: 

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. 
 Corporate Trust
Administration 
 45 Broadway, 14th Floor 
 New York, NY 10006 
 Attention: Dave & Buster’s Parent, Inc. Administrator

  

	 	Re:	Dave & Buster’s Parent, Inc. 

 12.25% Senior Discount Notes due 2016 (the “Notes”) 
 Ladies and Gentlemen:

 In connection with our proposed sale of
$                     aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Notes, we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in
accordance with Regulation S under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, we represent that: 

(a) the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States; 

  
 51 

 (b) either (i) at the time the buy order was originated, the transferee was outside the
United States or we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States or (ii) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated off-shore securities market and
neither we nor any person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction has been pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States; 
 (c) no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(a)(2) or Rule 904(a)(2) of Regulation S, as applicable; and 

(d) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act. 

In addition, if the sale is made during a restricted period and the provisions of Rule 903(b)(2) or Rule 904(b)(1) of
Regulation S are applicable thereto, we confirm that such sale has been made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Rule 903(b)(2) or Rule 904(b)(1), as the case may be. 

You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any
interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S. 

 

					
		 	 Very truly yours,

		
		 	 [Name of Transferor]

			
		 	 By:
	 	  

		 		 	 Authorized Signature

 SECTION 2.10. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes. If a mutilated Note is surrendered
to the Registrar or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Company shall issue and the Trustee, upon Company Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note. The Holder shall meet the requirements
of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code, such that the Holder (a) notifies the Company and the Trustee within a reasonable time after such Holder has notice of such loss, destruction or wrongful taking and the Registrar has not
registered a transfer prior to receiving such notification, (b) makes such request to the Company prior to the Company having notice that the Note has been acquired by a protected purchaser as defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform
Commercial Code (a “protected purchaser”) and (c) satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Company and the Trustee. Such Holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the Company and the Trustee to
protect the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Registrar from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced, then, in the absence of notice to the Company or the Trustee that such Note has been acquired by a protected
purchaser, the Company shall execute and upon Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for any such mutilated Note or in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a new Note of like tenor and principal amount at
maturity, bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding. 

  
 52 

 In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note has become or is about to become
due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Note, pay such Note. 
 Upon the issuance of any
new Note under this Section, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) in
connection therewith. 
 Every new Note issued pursuant to this Section in lieu of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note
shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company, any Guarantor, if any, and any other obligor upon the Notes, whether or not the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and
shall be entitled to all benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder. 
 The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen
Notes. 
 SECTION 2.11. Outstanding Notes. Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes authenticated by the Trustee
except for those canceled by it, those paid pursuant to Section 2.10, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section as not outstanding. A Note does not cease to be outstanding in the event the Company or an
Affiliate of the Company holds the Note except that the Company or an Affiliate of the Company shall not obtain voting rights with respect to such Note. 
 If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.10, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Company receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide
purchaser. 
 If the Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, on a maturity date money
sufficient to pay all Accreted Value payable on that date with respect to the Notes maturing and the Paying Agent is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that
date such Notes cease to be outstanding. 
 SECTION 2.12. Temporary Notes. In the event that Definitive Notes are to
be issued under the terms of this Indenture, until such Definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of Definitive Notes but
may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes. After the preparation of Definitive Notes, the temporary Notes
shall be exchangeable for Definitive Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes at any office or agency maintained by the Company for that purpose and such 

  
 53 

 
exchange shall be without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make
available for delivery in exchange therefor, one or more Definitive Notes representing an equal principal amount at maturity of Notes. Until so exchanged, the Holder of temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under
this Indenture as a Holder of Definitive Notes. 
 SECTION 2.13. Cancellation. The Company at any time may deliver
Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered
for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes it has paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. 
 At such time as all beneficial interests in a Global Note have either been exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, such Global Note shall be returned by the
Depositary to the Trustee for cancellation or retained and canceled by the Trustee. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred in exchange for an interest in
another Global Note, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, the principal amount at maturity of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced and an adjustment shall be made on the Global Note and on the books and records of the Trustee (if it
is then the Notes Custodian for such Global Note) with respect to such Global Note, by the Trustee or the Notes Custodian, to reflect such reduction. 
 SECTION 2.14. CUSIP Numbers. The Company in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use). The Trustee shall not be responsible for the use of CUSIP numbers,
and the Trustee makes no representation as to their correctness as printed on any Note or notice to Holders and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any redemption shall not be affected by
any defect in or omission of such CUSIP numbers. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP numbers. 
 ARTICLE III 
 Covenants 

SECTION 3.1. Payment of Notes. The Company shall promptly pay the Accreted Value at maturity of the Notes on the date and in
the manner provided in the Notes and in this Indenture. Accreted Value shall be considered paid on the date due if on such date the Trustee or the Paying Agent holds in accordance with this Indenture money sufficient to pay all Accreted Value then
due and the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. 
 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture, the Company may, to the extent it is required to do so by law, deduct or withhold income or other similar taxes imposed by the United
States from the payment of Accreted Value hereunder. 

  
 54 

 SECTION 3.2. SEC Reports. For so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company
shall furnish and make available to the Trustee and the Holders, the annual reports and the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the SEC may by rules and regulations prescribe) of
Dave & Buster’s that are specified in Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act within the time periods specified therein. In the event that Dave & Buster’s is not permitted to file such reports, documents and information
with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act, the Company shall nevertheless make available such Exchange Act information (as well as the details regarding the conference call described below) to the Trustee and the Holders as if Dave &
Buster’s were subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act within the time periods specified therein or in the relevant forms (except as provided above). Unless Dave & Buster’s is subject
to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Company shall also hold (or cause Dave & Buster’s to hold) a quarterly conference call for the Holders to discuss such financial information. The conference call will not be held
later than three Business Days from the time that the Company distributes the financial information as set forth above. No fewer than one Business Day prior to the date of the conference call required to be held in accordance with the preceding
sentence the Company shall issue (or cause Dave & Buster’s to issue) a press release to the appropriate U.S. wire services announcing the time and the date of such conference call and directing the beneficial owners of, and prospective
investors in, the Notes and securities analysts to contact an individual at the Company (for whom contact information shall be provided in such press release) to obtain information on how to access such conference call. The Company agrees that it
shall not take, and shall not permit Dave & Buster’s to take, any action for the purpose of causing the SEC not to accept such filings. 
 Substantially concurrently with the furnishing or making such information available to the Trustee pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraph, unless Dave & Buster’s has publicly
furnished such information to the SEC, the Company shall also post copies of such information required by the immediately preceding paragraph on a website (which may be nonpublic and may be maintained by the Company or a third party) to which access
will be given to Holders, prospective investors in the Notes (which prospective investors shall be limited to “qualified institutional buyers” within the meaning of Rule 144A of the Securities Act or non-U.S. persons (as defined in
Regulation S under the Securities Act) that certify their status as such to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company), and securities analysts and market making financial institutions that are reasonably satisfactory to the Company. 

In addition, without limiting any obligation by the Company to provide consolidated financial information as set forth in
Section 3.21, in connection with the publication of the annual and quarterly financial information required by the preceding paragraphs, the Company shall publicly release the amount of the Company’s outstanding Indebtedness as of
each such period end. In addition, if the Company has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries and the Consolidated EBITDA of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries taken together exceeds 10% of the Consolidated EBITDA of the Company
or Dave & Buster’s, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by the preceding paragraphs shall include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes to the
financial statements and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition,” of the financial condition and results of operations of Dave & Buster’s and its Restricted
Subsidiaries. 

  
 55 

 In addition, until the one year anniversary date of the Issue Date, the Company shall make
available to the Holders, securities analysts and prospective investors in the Notes, upon the request of such individuals, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act so long as the Notes are not
freely transferable under the Securities Act. For purposes of this covenant, except as required by the preceding sentence or by Section 3.21, the Company shall be deemed to have furnished the reports to the Trustee and the holders of
Notes as required by this covenant if Dave & Buster’s has filed or furnished such reports with the SEC via the EDGAR filing system and such reports are publicly available. For purposes of the Trustee’s administrative convenience
only, the Company shall provide the Trustee an electronic copy of such report or provide the Trustee with an electronic link of such report via email; provided that in no event shall the failure by the Company to provide the Trustee such
electronic copy or such electronic link result in a Default or Event of Default under this Indenture. 
 In the event that
(1) the rules and regulations of the SEC permit the Company and any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to report at such parent entity’s level on a consolidated basis and (2) such parent entity of the Company is not
engaged in any business in any material respect other than incidental to its ownership, directly or indirectly of the Capital Stock of the Company, the information and reports required by this Section 3.2 may be those of such parent company on
a consolidated basis. 
 SECTION 3.3. Limitation on Indebtedness. (a) The Company shall not, and shall not
permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness); provided, however, that: 

(1) the Company may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and any of the Company’s Restricted
Subsidiaries (other than Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries) may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) if on the date thereof the Consolidated Coverage Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is at least 2.00 to
1.00 and no Default or Event of Default will have occurred or be continuing or would occur as a consequence of Incurring the Indebtedness or transactions relating to such Incurrence; and 

(2) Holdings and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) if on the
date thereof the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries is no greater than 4.20 to 1.00 and no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing or would occur as a consequence of Incurring the
Indebtedness or transactions relating to such Incurrence. 
 (b) The foregoing paragraph (a) shall not prohibit the
Incurrence of the following Indebtedness: 
 (1) (x) Indebtedness of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary
Incurred under a Credit Facility (which will consist exclusively of a revolving credit facility thereunder) in an aggregate amount up to $50.0 million; and (y) Indebtedness of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurred under a Credit
Facility in an aggregate amount up to $200.0 million less the aggregate principal amount of all principal repayments with the 

  
 56 

 
proceeds from Asset Dispositions utilized in accordance with clause 3(a) of Section 3.8 that permanently reduce the commitments thereunder; provided, however, that if at
any time Indebtedness is Incurred thereunder, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries is greater than 4.20 to 1.00, any Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred under this clause (b)(1)(y) shall be limited in an
aggregate amount up to $150.0 million; 
 (2) Guarantees by the Company or Restricted Subsidiaries of
Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture; provided that in the event such Indebtedness that is being Guaranteed is a Subordinated Obligation, then the related
Guarantee shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Notes; 
 (3) Indebtedness of the Company owing to and
held by any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to and held by the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, 

(a) if the Company is the obligor on such Indebtedness, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated to the prior payment
in full in cash of all obligations with respect to the Notes; 
 (b)(i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of
Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Indebtedness being beneficially held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; and 

(ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, not permitted by this clause (3); 

(4) Indebtedness represented by (a) the Notes issued on the Issue Date, (b) any Indebtedness (other than the
Indebtedness described in clauses (1), (2), (3), (6), (8), (9) and (10)) outstanding on the Issue Date, (c) any Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in respect of any Indebtedness (including Refinancing Indebtedness) described in this
clause (4) or clause (5) or Incurred pursuant to Section 3.3(a), (d) any Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in respect of any Indebtedness described in clause (b)(1)(y) of Section 3.3 in an amount in excess of
$150.0 million, but only if such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred during a period in which Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred under clause (b)(1)(y) of Section 3.3 is limited in aggregate amount up to $150.0 million and
(e) the Existing Senior Notes (including Guarantees thereof) (other than any Additional Existing Senior Notes); 
 (5) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary Incurred and outstanding on the date on which such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired by, or merged into, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than
Indebtedness Incurred (i) to provide all or any portion of the funds utilized to consummate the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary

  
 57 

 
or was otherwise acquired by the Company or (ii) otherwise in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition); provided, however, that after giving effect to such
acquisition, merger or consolidation, either 
 (a) (i) in the case of Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary
that is acquired by the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries), the Company would have been able to Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 3.3(a)
after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (5) or (ii) in the case of Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is acquired by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, Holdings would have been
able to Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 3.3(a) after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (5), or 

(b) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or Holdings and its Restricted
Subsidiaries, as applicable, is higher than such ratio immediately prior to such acquisition or merger; 
 (6)
Indebtedness under Hedging Obligations that are Incurred in the ordinary course of business (and not for speculative purposes); 
 (7) the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary Incurred to finance or refinance
the purchase, lease, construction or improvements of real or personal property, plant or equipment used in the business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, and Attributable Indebtedness, and any Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary which serves to refund or refinance any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (7), in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to
this clause (7) and then outstanding, will not exceed the greater of (x) 3% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets and (y) $10.0 million at any time outstanding; 

(8) Indebtedness Incurred in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits
or property, casualty or liability insurance and premiums related thereto, self-insurance obligations, performance, bid surety and similar bonds and completion guarantees (not for borrowed money) provided by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in
the ordinary course of business; 
 (9) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, Incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business or assets of the Company or any business, assets or Capital Stock of
a Restricted Subsidiary, provided that 
 (a) the maximum aggregate liability in respect of all such
Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds including non-cash 

  
 58 

 
proceeds (the fair market value of such non-cash proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value) actually received by the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition; and 
 (b) such Indebtedness is not reflected on the
balance sheet of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet
for purposes of this clause (9)); 
 (10) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial
institution of a check, draft or similar instrument (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five
Business Days of Incurrence; and 
 (11) in addition to the items referred to in clauses (1) through
(10) above, Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (11) and
then outstanding, will not exceed $25.0 million at any time outstanding, including all Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (11). 

(c) [Reserved.] 

(d) For purposes of determining compliance with, and the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to
and in compliance with, this Section 3.3: 
 (1) in the event that Indebtedness meets the criteria of
more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 3.3, the Company, in its sole discretion, will classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of Incurrence and, with the exception
of clause (1) of paragraph (b), may later classify such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with this Section 3.3 and only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one of such paragraphs;

 (2) all Indebtedness outstanding on the date of this Indenture under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement shall
be deemed Incurred under clause (1) of paragraph (b) of this Section 3.3 and not paragraph (a) or clause (4) of paragraph (b) of this Section 3.3; 

(3) Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit relating to, Indebtedness which is otherwise included in
the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included; 
 (4) if obligations in respect
of letters of credit are Incurred pursuant to a Credit Facility and are being treated as Incurred pursuant to clause (1) of paragraph (b) of this Section 3.3 and the letters of credit relate to other Indebtedness, then such
other Indebtedness shall not be included; 

  
 59 

 (5) the principal amount of any Disqualified Stock of the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary shall be equal to the greater of the maximum mandatory redemption or repurchase price (not including, in either case, any redemption or repurchase premium) or the liquidation preference thereof; 

(6) Indebtedness permitted by this Section 3.3 need not be permitted solely by reference to one provision
permitting such Indebtedness but may be permitted in part by one such provision and in part by one or more other provisions of this Section 3.3 permitting such Indebtedness; and 

(7) the amount of Indebtedness issued at a price that is less than the principal amount thereof shall be equal to the
amount of the liability in respect thereof determined in accordance with GAAP. 
 (e) Accrual of interest, accrual of dividends,
the accretion of accreted value, or the amortization of debt discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness, and the payment of dividends in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock shall not
be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 3.3. The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be (i) the accreted value thereof in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original
issue discount or the aggregate principal amount outstanding in the case of Indebtedness issued with interest payable in kind and (ii) the principal amount or liquidation preference thereof, together with any interest thereon that is more than
30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness. 
 (f) In addition, the Company shall not permit any of its
Unrestricted Subsidiaries to Incur any Indebtedness or issue any shares of Disqualified Stock, other than Non-Recourse Debt. If at any time an Unrestricted Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be
deemed to be Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary as of such date (and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be Incurred as of such date under this Section 3.3, the Company shall be in Default of this Section 3.3).

 (g) For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness,
the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term Indebtedness, or
first committed, in the case of revolving credit Indebtedness; provided that if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S.
dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal
amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced (plus related fees and expenses). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 3.3, the maximum amount of
Indebtedness that the Company may Incur pursuant to this Section 3.3 shall not be deemed to be exceeded 

  
 60 

 
solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies. The principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if Incurred in a different currency from
the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such Refinancing Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing. 

SECTION 3.4. Limitation on Restricted Payments. (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to: 
 (1) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution (whether
made in cash, securities or other property) on or in respect of its Capital Stock (including any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) except: 

(a) dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; 

(b) dividends or distributions payable to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (and if such Restricted Subsidiary is not
a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, to its other holders of Capital Stock on a pro rata basis, taking into account the relative preferences, if any, of the various classes of Capital Stock in such Restricted Subsidiaries); and 

(c) the dividend described in the “Use of proceeds” section of the Offering Memorandum. 

(2) purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value any Capital Stock of the Company or any direct or indirect
parent of the Company held by Persons other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than in exchange for Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock)); 

(3) purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to scheduled maturity, scheduled
repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, any Subordinated Obligations (other than (x) Indebtedness of the Company owing to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to and held by the Company or
any other Restricted Subsidiary permitted under clause (3) of paragraph (b) of Section 3.3 or (y) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Obligations purchased in
anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement); or 

(4) make any Restricted Investment in any Person; 
 (any such dividend, distribution, purchase, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, other acquisition, retirement or Restricted Investment referred to in clauses (1) through (4) shall be referred to
herein as a “Restricted Payment”), if at the time the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary makes such Restricted Payment: 
 (a) a Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or would result therefrom); or 

  
 61 

 (b) (i) with respect to Restricted Payments by the Company and its
Subsidiaries (other than Holdings and its Subsidiaries), the Company is not able to Incur an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to paragraph (a) of Section 3.3 or (ii) with respect to Restricted Payments by Holdings and
its Subsidiaries, Holdings is not able to Incur an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to paragraph (a) of Section 3.3, in each case after giving effect, on a pro forma basis, to such Restricted Payment; or 

(c) the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and all other Restricted Payments declared or made subsequent to the
Issue Date (excluding clauses (1) through (4) and (6) through (14)) would exceed the sum of: 
 (i) 50% of (i) Consolidated Net Income for the period (treated as one accounting period) from the beginning of the Company’s last completed fiscal quarter preceding the Issue Date to the end of
the most recent fiscal quarter ending prior to the date of such Restricted Payment for which financial statements are in existence (or, in case such Consolidated Net Income is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit) and (ii) any dividends
received by the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company after the Issue Date from an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company, to the extent that such dividends were not otherwise included in Consolidated Net Income for such periods or
otherwise included in clause (v) below; 
 (ii) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds and the fair market
value of the assets (as determined conclusively by the Board of Directors of the Company) received by the Company from the issue or sale of its Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) or other capital contributions subsequent to the Issue
Date (other than Net Cash Proceeds received from an issuance or sale of such Capital Stock to a Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan, option plan or similar trust to the extent such sale to an employee stock ownership plan
or similar trust is financed by loans from or Guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary unless such loans have been repaid with cash on or prior to the date of determination) excluding in any event Excluded Contributions or Net Cash
Proceeds received by the Company from the issue and sale of its Capital Stock or capital contributions to the extent applied to redeem Notes in compliance with the provisions set forth in the second paragraph of paragraph 5 of the form of Notes set
forth in Exhibit A and Exhibit B hereto; 
 (iii) the amount by which Indebtedness of the Company or its
Restricted Subsidiaries is reduced on the Company’s balance sheet upon the conversion or exchange (other than debt held by a Subsidiary of the 

  
 62 

 
Company) subsequent to the Issue Date of any Indebtedness of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries convertible or exchangeable for Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the
Company (less the amount of any cash, or the fair market value of any other property, distributed by the Company upon such conversion or exchange); 
 (iv) to the extent that any Unrestricted Subsidiary designated as such after the Issue Date (A) is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) is merged or consolidated into the Company or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (C) transfers all or substantially all of its assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date, the fair market value (as determined conclusively by the Board of Directors of the
Company) of (x) in the case of clause (A) or (B) above, the Company’s Investment in such Subsidiary as of the date of such redesignation, merger or consolidation and (y) in the case of clause (C) above, such assets
(other than to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made pursuant to clause (15) of the next succeeding paragraph or pursuant to clause (11) of the definition of Permitted Investment); and 

(v) to the extent that any Restricted Investment that was made after the Issue Date of this Indenture is sold for cash or
otherwise liquidated, repaid, repurchased or redeemed for cash, the lesser of (i) the cash return of capital with respect to such Restricted Investment (less the cost of disposition, if any), and (ii) the initial amount of such Restricted
Investment to the extent such amount was not already included in Consolidated Net Income. 
 (b) The provisions
of the preceding paragraph (a) shall not prohibit: 
 (1) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance
or other acquisition or retirement of Capital Stock, Disqualified Stock or Subordinated Obligations of the Company made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of (i) the substantially contemporaneous contribution of common equity capital to
the Company or (ii) the substantially concurrent sale of, Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock and other than Capital Stock issued or sold to a Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or similar trust to the extent
such sale to an employee stock ownership plan or similar trust is financed by loans from or Guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary unless such loans have been repaid with cash on or prior to the date of determination); provided,
however, that the Net Cash Proceeds from such sale of Capital Stock shall be excluded from clause (c)(ii) of the preceding paragraph; 
 (2) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Obligations of the Company made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially
concurrent sale of, Subordinated Obligations of the Company that is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 3.3 and that in each case constitutes Refinancing Indebtedness; 

  
 63 

 (3) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or
retirement of Disqualified Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary made by exchange for or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of Disqualified Stock of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that,
in each case, is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 3.3 and that in each case constitutes Refinancing Indebtedness; 
 (4) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any purchase or redemption of Subordinated Obligations from Net Available Cash to the extent permitted under
Section 3.8; 
 (5) dividends paid within 60 days after the date of declaration if at such date of
declaration such dividend would have complied with this Section 3.4 and the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the giving of the redemption notice if at the date of such notice the redemption payment would
have complied with this Section 3.4; 
 (6) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred
and is continuing, the purchase, redemption or other acquisition, cancellation or retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or any parent of the Company held by any existing or former employees or
management or directors of the Company or Holdings or any Subsidiary of the Company or their assigns, estates or heirs, in each case in connection with (x) the death or disability of such employee, manager or director or (y) the repurchase
provisions under employee stock option or stock purchase agreements or other agreements to compensate management employees or directors; provided that in the case of clause (y) such redemptions or repurchases pursuant to such clause will
not exceed $2.5 million in the aggregate during any twelve-month period plus the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company after the Issue Date from the issuance of such Capital Stock or equity appreciation rights to, or the exercise of
options, warrants or other rights to purchase or acquire Capital Stock of the Company by, any current or former director, officer or employee of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that the amount of such Net Cash Proceeds
received by the Company and utilized pursuant to this clause (6) for any such repurchase, redemption, acquisition or retirement will be excluded from clause (c)(ii) of Section 3.4(a) and provided, further, that unused
amounts available pursuant to this clause (6) to be utilized for Restricted Payments during any twelve-month period may be carried forward and utilized in the next succeeding twelve-month period; 

(7) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the declaration and payment of dividends to
holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense”; 

(8) repurchases of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options, warrants or other convertible
securities if such Capital Stock represents (i) a portion of the exercise price thereof or (ii) withholding incurred in connection with such exercise, provided that the amount of such withholding taxes shall reduce the amount set
forth in clause (6) above; 

  
 64 

 (9) cash dividends or loans to any direct or indirect parent of the Company
(“Parent Entity”) of the Company (“Permitted Parent Payments”) in amounts equal to: 
 (a) the
amounts required for Parent Entity to pay any Federal, state or local income taxes to the extent that such income taxes are directly attributable to the income of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and, to the extent of amounts actually
received from Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent directly attributable to the income of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries; 
 (b) the amounts required for Parent Entity to pay franchise taxes and other fees required to maintain its legal existence; 
 (c) an amount not to exceed $1.0 million (or $2.0 million following an initial public offering) in any fiscal year to permit Parent Entity to pay its corporate overhead expenses Incurred in the ordinary
course of business, and to pay salaries or other compensation of employees who perform services for both Parent Entity and the Company; 
 (d) dividends or distributions to Parent Entity to permit Parent Entity to satisfy its payment obligations, if any, under the Expense Reimbursement Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date, or as later
amended, provided that any such amendment is not more disadvantageous to the Company in any material respect than the Expense Reimbursement Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date; and 

(e) any fees and expenses related to any equity offering or other financing of any direct or indirect parent of the Company to the extent
the proceeds of such offering or financing are contributed to the Company; 
 (10) any payments made in
connection with the Transactions pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement and any other agreements or documents related to the Transactions and in effect on the closing date of the Transactions (without giving effect to subsequent amendments,
waivers or other modifications to such agreements or documents) or as otherwise permitted by the Existing Senior Notes Indenture; 
 (11) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Obligation (i) at a purchase price not greater than 101% of the principal amount
of such Subordinated Obligation in the event of a Change of Control in accordance with provisions similar to Section 3.10 or (ii) at a purchase price not greater than 100% of the principal amount thereof in accordance with
provisions similar to Section 3.8; provided that, prior to or simultaneously with such purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement, the Company has made the Change of Control Offer or Asset
Disposition Offer, as applicable, as provided in Section 3.10 or Section 3.8, respectively, with respect to the Notes and has completed the repurchase or redemption of all Notes validly tendered for payment in connection with
such Change of Control Offer or Asset Disposition Offer; 

  
 65 

 (12) any payment on intercompany Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred under
Section 3.3(b)(3); 
 (13) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions; 

(14) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than
Unrestricted Subsidiaries the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents); and 
 (15) so long as
no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Restricted Payments in an amount not to exceed $7.5 million. 
 The amount of all
Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the fair market value on the date of such Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be paid, transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be,
pursuant to such Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any cash Restricted Payment shall be its face amount and the fair market value of any non-cash Restricted Payment shall be determined conclusively by the Board of Directors of the Company
acting in good faith whose resolution with respect thereto shall be delivered to the Trustee, such determination to be based upon an opinion or appraisal issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing if such fair
market value is estimated in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company to exceed $20.0 million. 
 As of the Issue Date, all of the
Company’s Subsidiaries will be Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the last sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For
purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated shall be deemed to be
Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the definition of “Investment.” Such designation shall be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time and if such Subsidiary otherwise
meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries shall not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants set forth in this Indenture. 
 SECTION 3.5. Limitation on Liens. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, Incur or suffer to exist any Lien (other
than Permitted Liens) upon any of its property or assets (including Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries), whether owned on the date of this Indenture or acquired after that date, which Lien is securing any Indebtedness, unless contemporaneously
with the Incurrence of such Liens effective provision is made to secure the Indebtedness due under this Indenture and the Notes equally and ratably with (or senior in priority to in the case of Liens with respect to Subordinated Obligations) the
Indebtedness secured by such Lien for so long as such Indebtedness is so secured. 

  
 66 

 SECTION 3.6. Limitation on Sale/Leaseback Transactions. The Company shall not,
and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any Sale/Leaseback Transaction unless: (i) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Sale/Leaseback
Transaction at least equal to the fair market value (as evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company) of the property subject to such transaction; (ii) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary could have Incurred
Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable Indebtedness in respect of such Sale/Leaseback Transaction pursuant to Section 3.3; (iii) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary would be permitted under Section 3.5
to create a Lien on the property subject to such Sale/Leaseback Transaction without securing the Notes; and (iv) the Sale/Leaseback Transaction is treated as an Asset Disposition and all of the conditions of this Indenture described in
Section 3.8 (including the provisions concerning the application of Net Available Cash) are satisfied with respect to such Sale/Leaseback Transaction, treating all of the consideration received in such Sale/Leaseback Transaction as Net
Available Cash for purposes of Section 3.8. 
 SECTION 3.7. Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from
Restricted Subsidiaries. (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of
any Restricted Subsidiary to: (1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary (it being understood that the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on Common Stock shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability
to make distributions on Capital Stock); (2) make any loans or advances to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that the subordination of loans or advances made to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to other
Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances); or (3) sell, lease or transfer any of its property or assets to the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary (it being understood that such transfers shall not include any type of transfer described in clause (1) or (2) of this Section 3.7(a). 

(b) The provisions of paragraph (a) of this Section 3.7 shall not prohibit: 

(i) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement in effect at or entered into on the Issue Date, including,
without limitation, this Indenture, the Notes, the Existing Senior Notes, the Existing Note Guarantees, and the Senior Secured Credit Agreement (and related documentation) in effect on such date; 

(ii) any encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement relating to any
Equity Interests or Indebtedness Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary on or before the date on which such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than Equity Interests or Indebtedness Incurred as
consideration in, or to provide all or any portion of the funds utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was acquired by the Company or
in contemplation of the transaction) and outstanding on such date, provided 

  
 67 

 
that any such encumbrance or restriction shall not extend to any assets or property of the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary other than the assets and property so acquired, and,
that in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be Incurred; 

(iii) any encumbrance or restriction (A) with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement effecting a
refunding, replacement or refinancing of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to an agreement referred to in clause (i) or (ii) of this paragraph or this clause (iii) or (B) contained in any amendment, restatement, modification,
renewal, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing of an agreement referred to in clause (i) or (ii) of this paragraph or this clause (iii); provided, however, that the encumbrances and restrictions with respect to
such Restricted Subsidiary contained in any such agreement, amendment, restatement, modification, renewal, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing are not materially less favorable, taken as a whole, in the good faith determination of the
Company, to the Holders than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in such agreements referred to in clauses (i) or (ii) of this paragraph on the Issue Date or the date such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was
merged into a Restricted Subsidiary, whichever is applicable; 
 (iv) in the case of clause (3) of paragraph
(a) of this Section 3.7, any encumbrance or restriction: (A) that restricts in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is subject to a lease, license or similar contract, or the
assignment or transfer of any such lease, license or other similar contract; (B) contained in mortgages, pledges or other security agreements permitted under this Indenture securing Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to the
extent such encumbrances or restrictions restrict the transfer of the property subject to such mortgages, pledges or other security agreements; or (C) pursuant to customary provisions restricting dispositions of real property interests set
forth in any reciprocal easement agreements of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (v) (a) purchase
money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and (b) Capitalized Lease Obligations permitted under this Indenture, in each case, that impose encumbrances or restrictions of the nature described in clause
(3) of paragraph (a) of this Section 3.7 on the property so acquired; 
 (vi) any
restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary (or any of its property or assets) imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the direct or indirect sale or disposition of the Equity Interests or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary (or
the property or assets that are subject to such restriction) pending the closing of such sale or disposition; 

(vii) any customary provisions in joint venture agreements relating to joint ventures and other similar agreements entered
into in the ordinary course of business; any customary encumbrances or restrictions on any Foreign Subsidiary pursuant to Indebtedness Incurred by such Foreign Subsidiary; 

  
 68 

 (viii) restrictions on cash and other deposits or net worth provisions in
leases and other agreements entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business; 
 (ix) encumbrances or restrictions arising or existing by reason of applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order; 

(x) encumbrances or restrictions contained in indentures or debt instruments or other debt arrangements Incurred in
accordance with Section 3.3 that are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, in the good faith determination of the Company, than those applicable to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries in this Indenture, the Existing
Senior Notes Indenture or the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, in each case, as in effect on the Issue Date (which results in encumbrances or restrictions comparable to those applicable to the Company at a Restricted Subsidiary level); 

(xi) encumbrances or restrictions contained in indentures or other debt instruments or debt arrangements Incurred or
Preferred Stock issued subsequent to the Issue Date by Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to clause (5) of paragraph (b) of Section 3.3 by Restricted Subsidiaries; and 

(xii) in the case of Section 3.7(a)(3), Liens permitted to be Incurred under Section 3.5 that
limit the right of the debtor to dispose of assets securing such Indebtedness. 
 SECTION 3.8. Limitation on Sales of
Assets and Subsidiary Stock. (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any Asset Disposition unless: (1) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives
consideration at least equal to the fair market value (such fair market value to be determined on the date of contractually agreeing to such Asset Disposition), as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors (including as to the value of all
non-cash consideration), of the shares and assets subject to such Asset Disposition; (2) at least 75% of the consideration from such Asset Disposition received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of
cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that for the purposes of this Section 3.8, the following shall be deemed to be cash: (A) the assumption by the transferee of Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Obligations or Disqualified
Stock) of the Company or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary and the release of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from all liability on such Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Disposition (in which case the Company will, without
further action, be deemed to have applied such deemed cash to Indebtedness); and (B) securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from the transferee that are converted by the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary into cash within 180 days after receipt; and (3) an amount equal to 100% of the Net Available Cash from such Asset Disposition is applied by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be: (A) to repay
Indebtedness of the Company (other than any Disqualified Stock or Subordinated Obligations) or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary (in each case other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or an Affiliate of the Company) and, if the Indebtedness
repaid is revolving credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto within 365 days after the later of the date of such Asset 

  
 69 

 
Disposition or the receipt of such Net Available Cash; or (B) to invest in Additional Assets within 365 days from the later of the date of such Asset Disposition or the receipt of such Net
Available Cash (or enter into a definitive agreement with respect thereto that is consummated within 545 days after the days after the receipt of any such Net Available Cash), provided that pending the final application of any such Net
Available Cash in accordance with clause (3)(A) or clause (3)(B) above, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may temporarily reduce Indebtedness or otherwise invest such Net Available Cash in any manner not prohibited by this
Indenture. 
 (b) Any Net Available Cash from Asset Dispositions that are not applied or invested as
provided in the preceding paragraph (a) shall be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds.” On the
366th day after an Asset Disposition (or such later date
as permitted in clause (3)(B) of the preceding paragraph (a), if the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $15.0 million, the Company shall be required to make an offer (“Asset Disposition Offer”) to all Holders and to
the extent required by the terms of other Pari Passu Indebtedness, to all holders of other Pari Passu Indebtedness outstanding with similar provisions requiring the Company to make an offer to purchase such Pari Passu Indebtedness with the proceeds
from any Asset Disposition (“Pari Passu Notes”), to purchase the maximum aggregate Accreted Value or principal amount, as applicable, of the Notes and any such Pari Passu Notes to which the Asset Disposition Offer applies that may
be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds, at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the Accreted Value or principal amount thereof, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture or the agreements governing the Pari Passu
Notes, as applicable, in the case of the Notes in denominations of $2,000 (principal amount at maturity) and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. To the extent that the aggregate Accreted Value or principal amount of Notes and Pari Passu
Notes so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to an Asset Disposition Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to other covenants contained in
this Indenture. If the aggregate Accreted Value or principal amount of Notes surrendered by holders thereof and other Pari Passu Notes surrendered by holders or lenders, collectively, exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select
the Notes and Pari Passu Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis on the basis of the Accreted Value or aggregate principal amount of tendered Notes and Pari Passu Notes. Upon completion of such Asset Disposition Offer, the amount of Excess
Proceeds shall be reset at zero. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, (A) the Company may commence an Asset Disposition Offer prior to the expiration of 365 days after the occurrence of an Asset Disposition (or such later
date after giving effect to the proviso in clause (3)(B) of the preceding paragraph (a), provided that such Asset Disposition Offer complies with all applicable securities laws and regulations); (B) the Company shall not be required
to conduct an Asset Disposition Offer during any period in which Dave & Buster’s is conducting or required to conduct an Asset Disposition Offer (as defined in the Existing Senior Notes Indenture); and (C) the Company shall not be
required to conduct any Asset Disposition Offer following any Asset Disposition Offer (as defined in the Existing Senior Notes Indenture) conducted by Dave & Buster’s in respect of excess proceeds that constitute Excess Proceeds under
this Indenture, to the extent such Excess Proceeds are held by Dave & Buster’s or its Restricted Subsidiaries and Dave & Buster’s is prohibited under the Existing Senior Notes Indenture or Senior Secured Credit Agreement
(in each case under restrictions of a type in effect on the Issue Date) from paying a dividend or otherwise distributing such Excess Proceeds directly or indirectly to the Company in order to fund an Asset Disposition Offer. 

  
 70 

 (c) The Asset Disposition Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following
its commencement, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Asset Disposition Offer Period”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Asset Disposition Offer Period (the
“Asset Disposition Purchase Date”), the Company shall purchase the Accreted Value or principal amount of Notes and Pari Passu Notes required to be purchased pursuant to this Section 3.8 (the “Asset Disposition
Offer Amount”) or, if less than the Asset Disposition Offer Amount has been so validly tendered, all Notes and Pari Passu Notes validly tendered in response to the Asset Disposition Offer. 

(d) [Reserved.] 

(e) Pending the final application of any Net Available Cash pursuant to this Section 3.8, the holder of such Net Available
Cash may apply such Net Available Cash temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving Credit Facility or otherwise invest such Net Available Cash in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture. 

(f) On or before the Asset Disposition Purchase Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to
the extent necessary, the Asset Disposition Offer Amount of Notes and Pari Passu Notes or portions of Notes and Pari Passu Notes so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to the Asset Disposition Offer, or if less than the Asset
Disposition Offer Amount has been validly tendered and not properly withdrawn, all Notes and Pari Passu Notes so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn, in the case of the Notes in denominations of $2,000 (principal amount at maturity) and
integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this
Section 3.8 and, in addition, the Company shall deliver all certificates and notes required, if any, by the agreements governing the Pari Passu Notes. The Company or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly (but in any case
not later than five Business Days after termination of the Asset Disposition Offer Period) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder or holder or lender of Pari Passu Notes, as the case may be, an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes or
Pari Passu Notes so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn by such holder or lender, as the case may be, and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon delivery of an
Officers’ Certificate from the Company, shall authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note to such holder, in a principal amount at maturity equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered; provided that each such new Note
shall be in a principal amount at maturity of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. In addition, the Company shall take any and all other actions required by the agreements governing the Pari Passu Notes. Any Note not so
accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the holder thereof. The Company shall publicly announce the results of the Asset Disposition Offer on the Asset Disposition Purchase Date. 

(g) The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any Asset Swaps, unless (1) at the time of
entering into such Asset Swap and 

  
 71 

 
immediately after giving effect to such Asset Swap, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; and (2) the Board of
Directors has determined that the aggregate fair market value of the property or assets being transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is not greater than the aggregate fair market value of the property or assets being received by
the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary and has approved the terms of such Asset Swap. 
 (h) The Company shall comply, to the
extent applicable, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Indenture. To the extent that the provisions of any securities
laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Section 3.8, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Indenture by virtue of any
conflict. 
 (i) For the purposes of this Section 3.8, Holders electing to have a Note purchased shall be required
to surrender the Note, with an appropriate form duly completed, to the Company at the address specified in the notice at least three Business Days prior to the purchase date. Each Holder shall be entitled to withdraw its election if the Company
receives, not later than one Business Day prior to the purchase date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter from such Holder setting forth the name of such Holder, the principal amount at maturity of the Note or Notes which were
delivered for purchase by such Holder and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note or Notes purchased. 
 SECTION 3.9. Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates. (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into or
conduct any transaction (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of the Company (an “Affiliate Transaction”) unless: (1) the terms of such
Affiliate Transaction are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that could be obtained in a comparable transaction at the time of such transaction in arm’s-length dealings with a Person
who is not such an Affiliate; (2) in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an aggregate consideration in excess of $5.0 million, the terms of such transaction have been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of
the Company and either (x) a further resolution by a majority of the members of such Board having no personal stake in such transaction, if any (and such majority or majorities, as the case may be, determines that such Affiliate Transaction
satisfies the criteria in clause (1) above); or (y) the Company shall have received a written opinion from an independent investment banking, accounting or appraisal firm of nationally recognized standing that such Affiliate Transaction is
not materially less favorable than those that might reasonably have been obtained in a comparable transaction at such time on an arm’s-length basis from a Person that is not an Affiliate; and (3) in the event such Affiliate Transaction
involves an aggregate consideration in excess of $20.0 million, the Company has received a written opinion from an independent investment banking, accounting or appraisal firm of nationally recognized standing that such Affiliate Transaction is not
materially less favorable than those that might reasonably have been obtained in a comparable transaction at such time on an arm’s-length basis from a Person that is not an Affiliate. 

  
 72 

 (b) The provisions of paragraph (a) of this Section 3.9 shall not apply to:
(1) any Restricted Payment permitted to be made pursuant to Section 3.4 or any Permitted Investment (other than Permitted Investments set forth under clauses (1)(b), (2), (11), (13) and (14) of the definition of Permitted
Investments); (2) any issuance of securities, or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment agreements and other compensation arrangements, options to purchase Capital Stock of
the Company, restricted stock plans, long-term incentive plans, stock appreciation rights plans, participation plans or similar employee benefits plans and/or indemnity provided on behalf of directors, officers and employees approved by the Board of
Directors of the Company; (3) to the extent permitted by applicable law, loans or advances to employees, officers or directors in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries but in any event not to
exceed $2.5 million in the aggregate outstanding at any one time (without giving effect to the forgiveness of any such loan) with respect to all loans or advances made since the Issue Date; (4) any transaction between the Company and a
Restricted Subsidiary or between Restricted Subsidiaries and Guarantees issued by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary for the benefit of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in accordance with Section 3.3;
(5) the payment of reasonable and customary fees paid to, and indemnity provided on behalf of, directors of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; (6) the existence of, and the performance of obligations of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries under the terms of any agreement to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party as of or on the Issue Date, as these agreements may be amended, modified, supplemented, extended or renewed from time to
time; provided, however, that any future amendment, modification, supplement, extension or renewal entered into after the Issue Date shall be permitted to the extent that its terms are not more disadvantageous to the Holders in any
material respect in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company when taken as a whole than the terms of the agreements in effect on the Issue Date; (7) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or
sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture; provided that in the reasonable determination of
the members of the Board of Directors or senior management of the Company, such transactions are on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable
transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; (8) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) to Affiliates of the Company and the granting of registration and other customary
rights in connection therewith; (9) Permitted Parent Payments; (10) any transaction on arm’s length terms with non-affiliates that become Affiliates as a result of such transaction; (11) transactions in which the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary delivers to the Trustee an opinion or appraisal issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a
financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable than those that might reasonably have been obtained by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in a comparable transaction at such time on an arms-length basis
from a Person that is not an Affiliate; and (12) the payment of a dividend to holders of the Company’s Capital Stock, or the repurchase by the Company of a portion of the Company’s Capital Stock owned by such holders, using the net
proceeds from the issuance of the Notes as described in the Offering Memorandum. 

  
 73 

 SECTION 3.10. Change of Control. (a) If a Change of Control occurs, each
Holder shall have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 principal amount at maturity or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101%
of the Accreted Value thereof on the date of purchase; provided, however that notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to repurchase Notes pursuant to this Section 3.10 if the Company has previously
exercised its right to redeem Notes pursuant to Section 5.1. 
 (b) Within 30 days following any Change of Control,
unless the Company has exercised its right to redeem all of the Notes as described under Section 5.1, the Company shall mail a notice (the “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder (with a copy to the Trustee) describing
the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase Notes on the Change of Control payment date specified in the notice, and such notice shall otherwise include: 

(1) that a Change of Control has occurred and that such Holder has the right to require the Company to purchase such
Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the Accreted Value thereof on the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”); 

(2) the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is
mailed) (the “Change of Control Payment Date”); and 
 (3) the procedures determined by the
Company, consistent with this Section 3.10, that a Holder must follow in order to have its Notes repurchased or to cancel such order of purchase. 
 (c) Holders electing to have a Note purchased shall be required to surrender the Note, with an appropriate form duly completed, to the Company at the address specified in the notice at least three
Business Days prior to the purchase date. Each Holder shall be entitled to withdraw its election if the Company receives, not later than one Business Day prior to the purchase date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter from such
Holder setting forth the name of such Holder, the principal amount at maturity of the Note or Notes which were delivered for purchase by such Holder and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note or Notes purchased.

 (d) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful: (i) accept for payment all Notes or
portions of Notes (of $2,000 principal amount at maturity or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof) properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer; (ii) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control
Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes so tendered; and (iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount at maturity of
such Notes or portions thereof accepted for payment by the Company. The Paying Agent shall promptly mail, to the Holders of Notes so accepted, the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail (or
cause to be transferred by book entry) to such Holders a new Note 

  
 74 

 
equal in principal amount at maturity to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note shall be in a principal amount at maturity of $2,000 or
an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. 
 (e) A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of
Control, conditioned upon consummation of the Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in effect at the time of making such Change of Control offer that, when consummated in accordance with its terms, will result in a Change of Control,
provided that such Change of Control Offer complies with all applicable securities laws or regulations. 
 (f)
[Reserved.] 
 (g) [Reserved.] 
 (h) The Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (i) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in
compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer or (ii) notice of redemption
has been given pursuant to Section 5.1, unless and until there is a default of the applicable redemption price. 

(i) The Company shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other
securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Section 3.10. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Section 3.10,
the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Indenture by virtue of the conflict. 

SECTION 3.11. Future Guarantors. (a) After the Issue Date, the Company will cause each Restricted Subsidiary, other than
a Foreign Subsidiary, that Guarantees any Indebtedness of the Company to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit C hereto within 10 Business Days of the date on
which it Guarantees such Indebtedness pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary will unconditionally Guarantee, on a joint and several basis, the full and prompt payment of the Accreted Value of, and premium, if any, on, the Notes on a senior
basis. 
 (b) The obligations of each Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other
contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor (including, without limitation, if applicable, any guarantees under the Credit Facility or the Existing Senior Notes Indenture) and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or
on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Note Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution obligations under this Indenture, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee
not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal or state law. 
 (c) Each Note Guarantee shall be
released in accordance with the provisions of Article X. 

  
 75 

 SECTION 3.12. Limitation on Lines of Business. The Company shall not, and shall
not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than a Related Business, except to such extent as would not be material to the Company as a whole. 
 SECTION 3.13. Payments for Consent. Neither the Company nor any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries shall, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether
by way of interest, fees or otherwise, to any Holder of any Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid or is paid
to all Holders that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or amendment. 
 SECTION 3.14. Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Company shall maintain in The City of New York, an office or agency where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment, where,
if applicable, the Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee shall be
such office or agency of the Company for payment, unless the Company shall designate and maintain some other office or agency for one or more of such purposes. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any change in the location
of any such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or
served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands. 

The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies (in or outside of The City of New York) where
the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind any such designation (which at the Issue Date shall be the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee); provided, however, that no such
designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York for such purposes. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of
any such designation or rescission and any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 
 SECTION
3.15. Money for Note Payments to Be Held in Trust. If the Company shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent, it shall, on or before the due date of the Accreted Value of (or premium, if any, on) any of the Notes, segregate and hold
in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum sufficient to pay the Accreted Value (or premium, if any) so becoming due until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided and shall promptly
notify the Trustee in writing of its action or failure to so act. 
 Whenever the Company shall have one or more Paying Agents
for the Notes, it shall, on or before each due date of the Accreted Value of (or premium, if any, on) any Notes, deposit with any Paying Agent a sum in same day funds (or New York Clearing House funds if such deposit is made prior to the date on
which such deposit is required to be made) that shall be available to the Trustee by 10:00 a.m. New York City time on such due date sufficient to pay the Accreted Value (and premium, if any) so becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for the

  
 76 

 
benefit of the Persons entitled to such Accreted Value or premium and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of such action or any
failure to so act. 
 The Company shall cause each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to execute and deliver to the Trustee
an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section, that such Paying Agent shall: 
 (a) hold all sums held by it for the payment of the Accreted Value of (and premium, if any, on) Notes in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons
or otherwise disposed of as herein provided; 
 (b) give the Trustee prompt written notice of any default by the Company (or any
other obligor upon the Notes) in the making of any payment of Accreted Value (and premium, if any); and 
 (c) at any time
during the continuance of any such default, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent. 
 The Company may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or by Company Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee
all sums held in trust by the Company or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Company or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the
Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such sums. 
 Any money deposited with
the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the Accreted Value of (or premium, if any, on) any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such Accreted Value or premium has become due and payable
shall be paid to the Company on Company Order, or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and
all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease. 
 SECTION 3.16. Maintenance of Existence. Subject to Article IV, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence and
that of each Restricted Subsidiary and the rights (charter and statutory) licenses and franchises of the Company and each Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such existence (except
the Company), right, license or franchise if the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a
whole, and that the loss thereof is not, and shall not be, disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders. 
 SECTION
3.17. Payment of Taxes and Other Claims. The Company shall pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, (i) all 

  
 77 

 
material taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Company or any Subsidiary or upon the income, profits or property of the Company or any Subsidiary and
(ii) all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies, which, if unpaid, might by law become a material liability or lien upon the property of the Company or any Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to
pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which appropriate reserves, if necessary (in the
good faith judgment of management of the Company) are being maintained in accordance with GAAP. 
 SECTION
3.18. Maintenance of Properties. The Company shall cause all material properties owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or used or held for use in the conduct of its business or the business of any Restricted Subsidiary to be
maintained and kept in normal condition, repair and working order and shall cause to be made all necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereof, all as in the judgment of the Company may be necessary so that the
business carried on in connection therewith may be properly conducted at all times; provided, however, that nothing in this Section shall prevent the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from discontinuing the maintenance of any of
such properties if such discontinuance is, in the judgment of the Company, desirable in the conduct of its business or the business of any Restricted Subsidiary and not adverse in any material respect to the Holders. 

SECTION 3.19. Compliance with Laws. The Company shall comply, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply,
with all applicable statutes, rules, regulations, orders and restrictions of the United States of America, all states and municipalities thereof, and of any governmental regulatory authority, in respect of the conduct of their respective businesses
and the ownership of their respective properties, except for such noncompliances as would not in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on the financial condition or results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken
as a whole. 
 SECTION 3.20. Compliance Certificate. The Company shall deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after
the end of each Fiscal Year of the Company a certificate executed by the Company’s principal executive officer, principal accounting officer or principal financial officer stating that in the course of the performance by the signer of his or
her duties as such officer he or she would normally have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default and whether or not the signer knows of any Default or Event of Default that occurred during such period. If he or she does, the certificate shall
describe the Default or Event of Default, its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. The Company also shall comply with TIA § 314(a)(4). An Officers’ Certificate shall also notify the
Trustee should the then current Fiscal Year be changed to end on any date other than on the date as herein defined. 
 SECTION
3.21. Limitation on Activities of the Company and Holdings. Neither the Company nor Holdings shall engage in any business or activity other than: (a) its ownership of all of the Equity Interests in Subsidiaries of the Company or
Holdings, (b) performing its obligations with respect to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Indenture, (c) 

  
 78 

 
activities incidental to the existence of such entity and (d) any other activities that are not prohibited by this Indenture; provided, however, that the Company and Holdings
will not be bound by this limitation if the Company provides consolidated financial statements of the type required to be provided by Dave & Buster’s under Section 3.2 (for such periods and within the time frames therein
described) at any time the Company or Holdings, as applicable, is engaged in any business in any material respect other than incidental to its ownership, directly or indirectly, of the Capital Stock of Dave & Buster’s and the issuance
of Indebtedness. 
 SECTION 3.22. Effectiveness of Covenants. 

(a) Following the first day: 
 (1) the Notes have an Investment Grade Rating from both of the Rating Agencies; and 

(2) no Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses
(1) and (2) being collectively referred to as a “Covenant Suspension Event”); 
 the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries shall not be subject to the provisions of Sections 3.3, 3.4, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, and 4.1(iii) (collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”). 
 (b) If at any time (i) the Notes’ credit rating is downgraded from an Investment Grade Rating by any Rating Agency or (ii) a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing (the
occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a “Reinstatement Event”), then the Suspended Covenants shall thereafter be reinstated as if such covenants had
never been suspended (the “Reinstatement Date”) and be applicable pursuant to the terms of this Indenture (including in connection with performing any calculation or assessment to determine compliance with the terms of this
Indenture), unless and until the Notes subsequently attain an Investment Grade Rating and no Default or Event of Default is in existence (in which event the Suspended Covenants shall no longer be in effect for such time that the Notes maintain an
Investment Grade Rating and no Default or Event of Default is in existence); provided, however, that no Default, Event of Default or breach of any kind shall be deemed to exist under this Indenture or the Notes with respect to the
Suspended Covenants based on, and none of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall bear any liability for, any actions taken or events occurring during the Suspension Period (as defined below), regardless of whether such actions or events would
have been permitted if the applicable Suspended Covenants remained in effect during such period. The period of time between the date of suspension of the covenants and the Reinstatement Date is referred to as the “Suspension
Period.” 
 (c) On the Reinstatement Date, all Indebtedness Incurred during the Suspension Period shall be classified
to have been Incurred pursuant to Section 3.3(a) or one of the clauses set forth in Section 3.3(b) (to the extent such Indebtedness would be permitted to be Incurred thereunder as of the Reinstatement Date and after giving
effect to Indebtedness Incurred prior to the Suspension Period and outstanding on the Reinstatement Date). To the extent such Indebtedness would not be so permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Sections 3.3(a) or 3.3(b), such

  
 79 

 
Indebtedness shall be deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date, so that it is classified pursuant to Section 3.3(b)(4). Calculations made after the Reinstatement Date of the
amount available to be made as Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 3.4 shall be made as though Section 3.4 had been in effect since the Issue Date and throughout the Suspension Period. Accordingly, Restricted Payments
made during the Suspension Period shall reduce the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 3.4(a). 
 (d) During any period when the Suspended Covenants are suspended, the Board of Directors of the Company may not designate any of the Company’s Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to
this Indenture. 
 (e) The Company shall give the Trustee prompt (and in any event not later than five Business Days after a
Covenant Suspension Event) written notice of any Covenant Suspension Event. In the absence of such notice, the Trustee shall assume the Suspended Covenants apply and are in full force and effect. The Company shall give the Trustee prompt (and in any
event not later than five Business Days after a Reinstatement Event) written notice of any occurrence of a Reinstatement Date. After any such notice of the occurrence of a Reinstatement Date, the Trustee shall assume the Suspended Covenants apply
and are in full force and effect. 
 ARTICLE IV 
 Successor Company and Successor Guarantor 
 SECTION 4.1. Merger and
Consolidation. The Company shall not consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all its assets to, any Person, unless: 

(i) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “Successor Company”) shall be a corporation or a limited
liability company, provided that in the case of a merger with a limited liability company there shall be a corporate co-issuer, in each case organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State of the United States
or the District of Columbia and the Successor Company (if not the Company) shall expressly assume, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of the Company under the
Notes and this Indenture; 
 (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness that
becomes an obligation of the Successor Company or any Subsidiary of the Successor Company as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Company or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default or Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing; 
 (iii) (a) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, the Successor
Company would be able to Incur at least an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of Section 3.3; or (b) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio of the Successor Company is higher than such ratio immediately prior to
such transaction; 

  
 80 

 (iv) each Restricted Subsidiary that becomes a Guarantor in accordance with the provisions
of this Indenture (unless it is the other party to the transactions above, in which case clause (i) shall apply) shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Note Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations in respect of
this Indenture and the Notes and shall continue to be in effect; and 
 (v) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an
Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture. 

For purposes of this Article IV, the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially
all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of the Company, which properties and assets, if held by the Company instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company on a
consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company. 

The predecessor Company shall be released from its obligations under this Indenture and the Successor Company shall succeed to, and be
substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture, but, in the case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets, the predecessor Company shall not be released from the obligation to pay the principal
at maturity of the Notes. 
 Notwithstanding the preceding clause (iii), (x) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate
with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Company and (y) the Company may merge with an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in another jurisdiction to realize tax
benefits, so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiary is not increased thereby; provided that, in the case of a Restricted Subsidiary that merges into the Company, the Company shall not be required to
comply with the preceding clause (v). 
 In addition, the Company shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiaries that become
Guarantors in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture to consolidate with, merge with or into any Person (other than another Guarantor) and shall not permit the conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the assets of any
Guarantor to any Person (other than to another Guarantor) unless: (i) (a) if such entity remains a Guarantor, the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “Successor Guarantor”) shall be a corporation,
partnership, trust or limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State of the United States or the District of Columbia; (b) the Successor Guarantor (if other than such Guarantor),
expressly assumes, by supplemental indenture or other documentation or instruments, executed and delivered to the Trustee, all the obligations of such Guarantor under the Guarantee and this Indenture; (c) immediately after giving effect to such
transaction (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the Successor Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by such Successor Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary at the
time of such transaction), no Default of Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and (d) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such
consolidation, 

  
 81 

 
merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture; and (ii) the transaction is made in compliance with Section 3.8 (it being understood that
only such portion of the Net Available Cash as is required to be applied on the date of such transaction in accordance with the terms of this Indenture needs to be applied in accordance therewith at such time) and this Article IV. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Guarantor may merge with or into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another
Guarantor or the Company or merge with a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Guarantor in a State of the United States, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof, as long as the amount of
Indebtedness of such Guarantor and the Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby. 
 ARTICLE V 

Redemption of Notes 
 SECTION 5.1. Optional Redemption. The Notes may be redeemed, as a whole or from time to time in part, subject to the conditions and at the redemption prices specified in paragraph 5 of the
form of Notes set forth in Exhibit A and Exhibit B hereto, which are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture. 
 SECTION 5.2. Applicability of Article. Redemption of Notes at the election of the Company or otherwise, as permitted or required by any provision of this Indenture, shall be made in accordance
with such provision and this Article. 
 SECTION 5.3. Election to Redeem. The election of the Company to redeem any
Notes pursuant to Section 5.1 shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution. 
 SECTION 5.4. Selection by Trustee
of Notes to Be Redeemed. If less than all the Notes are to be redeemed at any time pursuant to an optional redemption, the particular Notes to be redeemed shall be selected not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date (as defined below) by
the Trustee, from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption, in compliance with the requirements of the principal securities exchange, if any, on which such Notes are listed, or, if such Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata
basis among the classes of Notes or by lot (and in any case as may be required by the rules and procedures of the applicable depositary) and which may provide for the selection for redemption of portions of the principal of the Notes; although no
Note of $2,000 in principal amount at maturity or less will be redeemed in part. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption relating to such Note will state the portion of the principal amount at maturity thereof to be
redeemed. 
 The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of
any Notes selected for partial redemption, the method it has chosen for the selection of Notes and the principal amount at maturity thereof to be redeemed. 
 For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to redemption of Notes shall relate, in the case of any Note redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to
the portion of the principal amount at maturity of such Note which has been or is to be redeemed. 

  
 82 

 SECTION 5.5. Notice of Redemption. Notice of redemption shall be given in the
manner provided for in Section 11.2 not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date, to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed. At the Company’s request, the Trustee shall give notice of redemption in the
Company’s name and at the Company’s expense; provided, however, that the Company shall deliver to the Trustee, at least 15 days prior to the date on which notice is to be given to the Holders (or such shorter period of time as shall
be satisfactory to the Trustee), an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice at the Company’s expense and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the following items. Any such
notice may be cancelled at any time prior to notice of such redemption being mailed to any Holder and shall thereby be void and of no effect. 
 All notices of redemption shall state: 
 (i) the Redemption Date, 

(ii) the redemption price, 
 (iii) if less than all outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the method for selecting the Notes to be redeemed, as well as the aggregate principal amount at maturity of Notes to be redeemed and the
aggregate principal amount at maturity of Notes to be outstanding after such partial redemption, 
 (iv) in case any Note is to
be redeemed in part only, (a) the notice which relates to such Note shall state that on and after the Redemption Date, upon surrender of such Note, the Holder shall receive, without charge, a new Note or Notes of authorized denominations for
the principal amount at maturity thereof remaining unredeemed and (b) such documentation and records as shall enable to Trustee to select the Notes to be redeemed pursuant to Section 5.4. 

(v) that on the Redemption Date the redemption price shall become due and payable upon each such Note, or the portion thereof, to be
redeemed, and, unless the Company defaults in making the redemption payment, that the principal of the Notes called for redemption (or the portion thereof) shall cease to accrete on and after said date, 

(vi) the place or places where such Notes are to be surrendered for payment of the redemption price, 

(vii) the name and address of the Paying Agent, 
 (viii) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price, 
 (ix) the CUSIP number and shall provide that no representation is made as to the accuracy or correctness of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes, and any redemption
shall not be affected by any defect in such CUSIP numbers, and 

  
 83 

 (x) the paragraph of the Notes pursuant to which the Notes are to be redeemed. 

SECTION 5.6. Deposit of Redemption Price. By 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on any Redemption Date, the Company shall
deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary is a Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 2.4) an amount of money sufficient to pay the
redemption price of all the Notes which are to be redeemed on that date other than Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption that are beneficially owned by the Company and have been delivered by the Company to the Trustee for cancellation.

 SECTION 5.7. Notes Payable on Redemption Date. Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid, the Notes or
portions of Notes so to be redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the redemption price therein specified, and from and after such date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of the redemption price) the principal
of such Notes shall cease to accrete. Upon surrender of any such Note for redemption in accordance with said notice, such Note shall be paid by the Company at the redemption price on the Redemption Date. 

If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the Accreted Value (and premium, if any)
shall, until paid, accrete from the Redemption Date at the rate set forth in the Notes. 
 SECTION 5.8. Notes Redeemed
in Part. Any Note which is to be redeemed only in part (pursuant to the provisions of this Article) shall be surrendered at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 3.14 (with, if the
Company or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing), and the
Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery to the Holder of such Note at the expense of the Company, a new Note or Notes, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder, in an aggregate
principal amount at maturity equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Note so surrendered, provided, that each such new Note will be issued in denominations of $2,000 principal amount at maturity or integral
multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. 
 SECTION 5.9. No Sinking Fund. The Company is not required to make any
mandatory redemptions or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 
 SECTION 5.10. Purchases other than
Redemptions. The Company may, at any time, acquire Notes by means other than redemption, whether by tender offer, open market purchases, negotiated transactions or otherwise, in accordance with applicable securities laws, so long as such
acquisition does not otherwise violate the terms of this Indenture. 

  
 84 

 ARTICLE VI 
 Defaults and Remedies 
 SECTION 6.1. Events of Default. Each of
the following is an “Event of Default”: 
 (1) [Reserved.] 

(2) default in the payment of Accreted Value of or premium, if any, on any Note when due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional
redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise; 
 (3) failure by the Company or any Guarantor, if any, to
comply with its obligations under Article IV; 
 (4) failure by the Company to comply for 30 days after notice as
provided below with any of its obligations described under Section 3.8 or Section 3.10 (in each case, other than a failure to purchase Notes which shall constitute an Event of Default under clause (2) above); 

(5) failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to comply for 60 days after notice as provided below with its other agreements in
this Indenture or under the Notes (other than those referred to in (1), (2), (3) or (4) above); 
 (6) default under
any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of this Indenture, which default: 

(a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on such Indebtedness prior to the
expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness (“payment default”); or 
 (b)
results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its maturity (the “cross acceleration provision”); 
 and, in each
case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a payment default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $20.0 million or more;

 (7) the Company or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest
audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law: 

(A) commences a voluntary case or proceeding; 

  
 85 

 (B) consents to the entry of a judgment, decree or order for relief against
it in an involuntary case or proceeding; 
 (C) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for any
substantial part of its property; 
 (D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; 

(E) consents to or acquiesces in the institution of a bankruptcy or an insolvency proceeding against it; 

(F) takes any corporate action to authorize or effect any of the foregoing; or 

(G) takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency; 

(8) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 

(A) is for relief in an involuntary case against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted
Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Law;

 (B) appoints a Custodian for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any Significant
Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the
meaning of the Bankruptcy Law; 
 (C) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Company or any Significant
Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the
meaning of the Bankruptcy Law; and 
 (D) in each case, the order, decree or relief remains unstayed and in
effect for 60 days; 
 (9) failure by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken
together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $20.0 million (net of any amounts that a
reputable and creditworthy insurance company has acknowledged liability for in writing), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days (the “judgment default provision”); or 

  
 86 

 (10) any Note Guarantee, if any, ceases to be in full force and effect (except as
contemplated by the terms of this Indenture) or is declared null and void in a judicial proceeding or any Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under this Indenture or its Note Guarantee. 

However, a default under clauses (4) and (5) of this paragraph shall not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of 25%
in principal amount at maturity of the outstanding Notes provide written notice to the Company of the default and the Company does not cure such default within the time specified in clauses (4) and (5) of this paragraph after receipt of
such notice. 
 The foregoing shall constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether
it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body. 

The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, promptly after, but in no event later than 30 days after, a senior officer of the Company
becomes aware of any events which would constitute an Event of Default under clauses (3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (8), (9) or (10) of this Section 6.1 notice in the form of an Officers’ Certificate, which Officers’
Certificate shall provide their status and what action the Company is taking or proposing to take in respect thereof. 
 SECTION
6.2. Acceleration. If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in clauses (7) and (8) of Section 6.1) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least
25% in principal amount at maturity of the outstanding Notes by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the Accreted Value of and premium, if any, on all the Notes to be due
and payable. Upon such a declaration, such Accreted Value and premium shall be due and payable immediately. 
 In the event of a
declaration of acceleration of the Notes because an Event of Default described in clause (6) of Section 6.1 has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically annulled if the event of
default or payment default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to clause (6) of Section 6.1 shall be remedied or cured by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or waived by the holders of the relevant Indebtedness within 30
days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and if (1) the annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (2) all existing Events of
Default, except nonpayment of Accreted Value of and premium, if any, on the Notes that became due solely because of the acceleration of the Notes, have been cured or waived. 
 If an Event of Default described in clauses (7) and (8) of Section 6.1 occurs and is continuing, the Accreted Value of and premium, if any, on all the Notes shall become and be
immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. 
 SECTION
6.3. Other Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of Accreted Value of (or premium, if any, on) the Notes or to
enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 

  
 87 

 The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does
not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the
Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative. 
 SECTION
6.4. Waiver of Past Defaults. Subject to Section 9.2, the Holders of a majority in principal amount at maturity of the outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may waive (including, without limitation, consents obtained in
connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes) any continuing Default or Event of Default (except with respect to an Event of Default described in clause (2) of Section 6.1) and rescind any such acceleration
with regard to the Notes and its consequences provided that (1) such waiver would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (2) all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the
Accreted Value of and premium, if any, on the Notes that have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived. When a Default or Event of Default is waived, it is deemed cured, but no such waiver shall extend to any
subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any consequent right. 
 SECTION 6.5. Control by Majority.
The Holders of a majority in principal amount at maturity of the outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the
Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or, subject to Sections 7.1 and 7.2, that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders or
would involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided, however, that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. Prior to taking any action hereunder, the Trustee shall
be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action. 
 SECTION 6.6. Limitation on Suits. Subject to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee, if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee shall be under
no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss,
liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of Accreted Value or premium, if any, when due, no Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless: 

(1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing; 

(2) Holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity of the outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue
the remedy; 

  
 88 

 (3) such Holders have offered the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory
to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense; 
 (4) the Trustee has not complied with such request
within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and 
 (5) the Holders of
a majority in principal amount at maturity of the outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction that, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period. 

SECTION 6.7. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture (including, without
limitation, Section 6.6), the right of any Holder to receive payment of Accreted Value of and premium, if any, on the Notes held by such Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Notes, or to bring suit for the
enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. 
 SECTION 6.8. Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default specified in clause (2) of Section 6.1 occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own
name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount then due and owing and the amounts provided for in Section 7.7. 
 SECTION 6.9. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the
Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company, its Subsidiaries or its or their
respective creditors or properties and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may be entitled and empowered to participate as a member of any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and may vote on behalf of the
Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee
shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it, its agents and its counsel pursuant to Section 7.7 and any other amounts due the Trustee hereunder. Nothing herein contained
shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to
authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 
 SECTION
6.10. Priorities. If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article VI, it shall pay out the money or property in the following order: 

 

			
		
	First:	  	to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.7;
		
	Second:	  	to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for Accreted Value thereof, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the
Notes for Accreted Value; and

  
 89 

			
		
	Third:	  	to the Company.

 The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this
Section. At least 15 days before such record date, the Company shall mail to each Holder and the Trustee a notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid. 

SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any
suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess
reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a
suit by the Trustee, a suit by the Company, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.7 or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in outstanding principal amount of the Notes. 

ARTICLE VII 

Trustee 

SECTION 7.1. Duties of Trustee. (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise
the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such Person’s own affairs; provided that
if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered the Trustee
indemnity or security satisfactory to the Trustee against loss, liability or expense. 
 (b) Except during the continuance of an
Event of Default: 
 (1) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically
set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 
 (2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions
furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provisions hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall
examine such certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or otherwise verify the contents thereof).

  
 90 

 (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own
negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
 (1) this paragraph does not limit the
effect of paragraph (b) of this Section; 
 (2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment
made in good faith by a Responsible Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 
 (3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.5 or
Section 6.6. 
 (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee
may agree in writing with the Company. 
 (e) Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except
to the extent required by law. 
 (f) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds
or otherwise incur any liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk
or liability is not reasonably assured to it. 
 (g) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the
liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section and to the provisions of the TIA. 
 (h) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders shall have offered
to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction. 

SECTION 7.2. Rights of Trustee. (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining
from acting upon any paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person or Persons. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. 

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The
Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on the Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. 

  
 91 

 (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for
the misconduct or negligence of any attorney or agent appointed with due care. 
 (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any
action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers; provided, however, that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct or negligence. 

(e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to
this Indenture and the Notes shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect to any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

 (f) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate,
statement, instrument, opinion, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond or other paper or document; but the Trustee may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit and, if the Trustee shall
determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company and its Subsidiaries at reasonable times and in a reasonable manner, personally or by agent or attorney at the
sole cost of the Company and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation. 
 (g) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except (i), during any period it is serving as Registrar and Paying Agent for the Notes, any Event of Default
occurring pursuant to Section 6.1(2), or (ii) any Default or Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer shall have received written notification or obtained “actual knowledge.” “Actual knowledge” shall mean
the actual fact or statement of knowing by a Responsible Officer without independent investigation with respect thereto. 
 (h)
Delivery of the reports, information and documents to the Trustee pursuant to Section 3.2 is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained
therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates). 

(i) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever
(including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action. 

(j) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be
indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder. 

(k) The Trustee may request that the Company deliver an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles
of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officers’ Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officers’ Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized
in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded. 

  
 92 

 (l) Any request or direction of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced
by a written request from the Company, including, as the case may be, a Company Order, and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution. 

SECTION 7.3. Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or
pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-paying agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply
with Sections 7.10 and 7.11. In addition, the Trustee shall be permitted to engage in transactions with the Company; provided, however, that if the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest the Trustee must (i) eliminate
such conflict within 90 days of acquiring such conflicting interest, (ii) apply to the SEC for permission to continue acting as Trustee or (iii) resign. 
 SECTION 7.4. Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be
accountable for the Company’s use of the Notes or the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Company in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes
other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication or for the use or application of any funds received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee. 
 SECTION 7.5. Notice of Defaults. If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if a Responsible Officer has actual knowledge thereof, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder
notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of Accreted Value of or premium (if any) on any Note (including payments pursuant to the required repurchase
provisions of such Note, if any), the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as its board of directors, a committee of its board of directors or a committee of its Responsible Officers and/or a Responsible Officer in good faith determines
that withholding the notice is in the interests of Holders. 
 SECTION 7.6. Reports by Trustee to Holders. As
promptly as practicable after each September 15 beginning with the September 15 following the date of this Indenture, and in any event prior to October 15 in each year, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder a brief report dated as of
such September 15 that complies with TIA § 313(a), if and to the extent such report may be required by the TIA. The Trustee also shall comply with TIA § 313(b). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports required by
TIA § 313(c). 
 In the event that the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of
the Exchange Act, a copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Holders shall be filed with the SEC and each stock exchange (if any) on which the Notes are listed. The Company agrees to notify promptly the Trustee in writing whenever the Notes
become listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof. 

  
 93 

 SECTION 7.7. Compensation and Indemnity. The Company and the Guarantors, if any,
jointly and severally, shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation for its services as the parties shall agree in writing from time to time. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a
trustee of an express trust. The Company and the Guarantors, if any, jointly and severally, shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by it, including, but not
limited to, costs of collection, costs of preparing and reviewing reports, certificates and other documents, costs of preparation and mailing of notices to Holders and reasonable costs of counsel retained by the Trustee in connection with the
delivery of an Opinion of Counsel or otherwise, in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee’s agents, counsel, accountants and
experts. The Company and the Guarantors, if any, jointly and severally, shall indemnify the Trustee, and each of its officers, directors, employees, counsel and agents, against any and all loss, liability or expense (including, but not limited to,
reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) and taxes (other than those based upon or determined by the income of the Trustee) incurred by it in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties
hereunder, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture (including this Section 7.7) and the Notes and of defending itself against any claims (whether asserted by any Holder, the Company or otherwise). The Trustee shall
notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder. The Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee may have
separate counsel and the Company shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel. The Company and the Guarantors, if any, need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through the
Trustee’s own willful misconduct or negligence, subject to the exceptions contained in Section 7.1(c) hereof. 

To secure the Company’s and the Guarantors’, if any, payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee shall have a lien prior
to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee other than money or property held in trust to pay principal of and interest on particular Notes. The Trustee’s right to receive payment of any amounts due under this
Section 7.7 shall not be subordinate to any other liability or indebtedness of the Company or the Guarantors, if any. 
 The Company’s payment obligations pursuant to this Section and any lien arising hereunder shall survive the discharge of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee. When the Trustee
incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 6.1(7) or (8), the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law. 

SECTION 7.8. Replacement of Trustee. The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a
majority in principal amount at maturity of the Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Company and the Trustee in writing and may appoint a successor Trustee. The Company shall remove the Trustee if: 

(1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10; 

  
 94 

 (2) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent; 

(3) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or 

(4) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting. 

If the Trustee resigns or is removed by the Company or by the Holders of a majority in principal amount at maturity of the Notes and such
Holders do not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee, or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Company shall promptly appoint a
successor Trustee. 
 A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to
the Company. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice
of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, provided that all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the lien provided for
in Section 7.7. 
 If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or
is removed, the retiring Trustee or the Holders of 10% in principal amount at maturity of the Notes may petition, at the expense of the Company, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, unless the Trustee’s duty to resign is stayed as provided in TIA
§ 310(b), any Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
 Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.8, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.7 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring
Trustee. 
 SECTION 7.9. Successor Trustee by Merger. If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or
transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation, banking association or other entity, the resulting, surviving or transferee entity without any further act shall be the successor Trustee. 

In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts
created by this Indenture, any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in
case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases such
certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Notes or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have. 

  
 95 

 SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. The Trustee shall at all times
satisfy the requirements of TIA § 310(a). The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50 million as set forth in its most recent filed annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with TIA § 310(b).

 SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company. If and when the Trustee shall be or become a
creditor of the Company, the Trustee shall comply with TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent
indicated. 
 ARTICLE VIII 
 Discharge of Indenture; Defeasance 
 SECTION 8.1. Discharge of
Liability on Notes; Defeasance. (a) Subject to Section 8.1(c), when (i)(x) the Company delivers to the Trustee all outstanding Notes (other than Notes replaced pursuant to Section 2.10) for cancellation or
(y) all outstanding Notes not theretofore delivered for cancellation have become due and payable, whether at maturity or upon redemption or shall become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under
arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption pursuant to Article V hereof, and the Company or any Guarantor, if any, irrevocably deposits or causes to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust
solely for the benefit of the Holders money in U.S. dollars, non-callable U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as shall be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the
entire indebtedness on such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for Accreted Value and premium, if any, to the date of maturity or redemption; (ii) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing
on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company or any Guarantor, if any, is a party or by
which the Company or any Guarantor, if any, is bound; (iii) the Company or any Guarantor, if any, has paid or cause to be paid all sums payable under this Indenture and the Notes; and (iv) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions
to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of such Notes at maturity or the Redemption Date, as the case may be, then the Trustee shall acknowledge satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture on demand of
the Company (accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent specified herein relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with) at the cost and expense
of the Company. 
 (b) Subject to Sections 8.1(c) and 8.2, the Company at its option and at any time may terminate
(i) all the obligations of the Company and any Guarantor, if any, under the Notes, the Note Guarantees, if any, and this Indenture (“legal defeasance option”), and after giving effect to such legal defeasance, any omission to
comply with such obligations shall no longer constitute a Default or Event of Default or (ii) the obligations of the Company and any Guarantor, if any, under Sections 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7,
3.8, 3.9, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12, 3.13, 3.18, 3.21, 3.22 and 4.1 (iii) and the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or
limitation set forth in any such covenant or provision, whether 

  
 96 

 
directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or provision or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any
other document and such omission to comply with such covenants or provisions shall no longer constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Sections 6.1(4), 6.1(5), 6.1(6), 6.1(7), 6.1(8), 6.1(9) and
6.1(10) (“covenant defeasance option”), but except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and the Notes shall be unaffected thereby. The Company may exercise its legal defeasance option notwithstanding its prior
exercise of its covenant defeasance option. 
 If the Company exercises its legal defeasance option, payment of the Notes may
not be accelerated because of an Event of Default, and the Note Guarantees, if any, in effect at such time shall terminate. If the Company exercises its covenant defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of
Default specified in Sections 6.1(3) (but only as it relates to an Event of Default as a result of a default under Section 4.1(iii)), 6.1(4), 6.1(5) (as such Section relates to Sections 3.2, 3.3,
3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12, 3.13, 3.18, 3.21 and 3.22), 6.1(6), 6.1(7) (but only with respect to a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted
Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), 6.1(8) (but only with respect to a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary),
6.1(9) and 6.1(10) or because of the failure to comply with clause (iii) of Article IV. 
 Upon
satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein and upon request of the Company, the Trustee shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of those obligations that the Company terminates. 

(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 8.1(a) and (b), the Company’s obligations in Sections 2.3,
2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 7.1, 7.2, 7.7, 7.8, 8.4, 8.5 and 8.6 shall survive until the Notes have been paid in full. Thereafter, the Company’s and
the Guarantors’, if any, obligations in Sections 7.7, 8.4 and 8.5 shall survive. 
 SECTION
8.2. Conditions to Defeasance. The Company may exercise its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option only if: 
 (1) the Company irrevocably deposits in trust with the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders money in U.S. dollars or U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof (“Funds in
Trust”) the principal of and interest (without reinvestment) on which shall be sufficient, or a combination thereof sufficient, for the payment of Accreted Value of, and premium, if any, on, the Notes to redemption or maturity; provided,
however, that with respect to a redemption of all of the outstanding Notes at any time prior to August 15, 2013 pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Notes and Section 5.1 hereof: 

(a) the amount of Funds in Trust that the Company must irrevocably deposit or cause to be deposited shall be determined using an assumed
Applicable Premium calculated as of the date of deposit of such Funds in Trust; and 
 (b) at the time of deposit of such Funds
in Trust, the Funds in Trust would be sufficient to pay and discharge the Accreted Value of, and premium, if any, on, the Notes on the Redemption Date with an assumed Applicable Premium calculated as of the date of deposit of such Funds in Trust;
and 

  
 97 

 (c) the Company must irrevocably deposit or cause to be deposited additional Funds in Trust,
as necessary, on the Redemption Date, as required by Section 5.6 hereof, necessary to pay the Applicable Premium as determined on such date; 
 (2) the Company delivers to the Trustee a certificate from a nationally recognized firm of independent accountants, investment bank or appraisal firm expressing their opinion that the payments of
principal and interest when due and without reinvestment on the deposited U.S. Government Obligations plus any deposited money without investment shall provide cash at such times and in such amounts as shall be sufficient to pay Accreted Value of,
and premium, if any, when due on, all the Notes to redemption or maturity; 
 (3) no Default or Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default with respect to this Indenture resulting from the incurrence of Indebtedness, all or a portion of which shall be used to defease the Notes concurrently
with such incurrence); 
 (4) such legal defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or
constitute a Default under this Indenture or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound; 

(5) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company
with the intent of preferring the holders of the Notes or any Guarantee over the other creditors of the Company or any Guarantor, if any, with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Company, any Guarantor, if
any, or others; 
 (6) the deposit does not constitute a default under any other agreement binding on the Company; 

(7) in the case of the legal defeasance option, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United
States stating that (i) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (ii) since the date of this Indenture there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in
either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders shall not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such legal defeasance and shall be subject to federal
income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such legal defeasance had not occurred; 
 (8) in the case of the covenant defeasance option, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States to the effect that the Holders shall not recognize income,
gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such covenant defeasance and shall be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such covenant defeasance had
not occurred; and 

  
 98 

 (9) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of
Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent to the defeasance and discharge of the Notes and this Indenture as contemplated by this Article VIII have been complied with. 

SECTION 8.3. Application of Trust Money. The Trustee shall hold in trust money or U.S. Government Obligations deposited with
it pursuant to this Article VIII. It shall apply the deposited money and the money from U.S. Government Obligations through the Paying Agent and in accordance with this Indenture to the payment of the Accreted Value of the Notes. 

SECTION 8.4. Repayment to Company. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the
Company from time to time upon receipt of written request from the Company in the form of an Officer’s Certificate any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in this Article VIII which, in the opinion of a nationally
recognized firm of independent public accountants, investment bank or appraisal firm expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect
legal defeasance or covenant defeasance, as applicable, provided that the Trustee shall not be required to liquidate any U.S. Government Obligations in order to comply with the provisions of this paragraph. 

Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon written request any
money held by them for the payment of Accreted Value of the Notes that remains unclaimed for two years, and, thereafter, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors. 

SECTION 8.5. Indemnity for U.S. Government Obligations. The Company shall pay and shall indemnify the Trustee against any
tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against deposited U.S. Government Obligations or the principal and interest received on such U.S. Government Obligations. 
 SECTION 8.6. Reinstatement. If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article VIII by reason of any legal
proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and
reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article VIII until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article VIII;
provided, however, that, if the Company has made any payment of Accreted Value of any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment
from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 

  
 99 

 ARTICLE IX 
 Amendments 
 SECTION 9.1. Without Consent of Holders. The
Company, the Guarantors, if any, and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, a Note Guarantee, if any, or the Notes without notice to or consent of any Holder to: 
 (1) cure any ambiguity, omission, defect, mistake or inconsistency; 
 (2) provide
for the assumption by a successor entity of the obligations of the Company or any Guarantor under this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees, if any; 
 (3) provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes (provided, that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of
the Code); 
 (4) add Guarantees with respect to the Notes or release a Guarantor upon its designation as an Unrestricted
Subsidiary; provided, however, that the designation is in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture; 
 (5) secure the Notes; 
 (6) add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of
the Holders or surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company; 
 (7) provide additional rights or benefits of the
Holders or make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder; 
 (8) comply with any requirement of the
SEC in connection with the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA; 
 (9) release a Guarantor, if any, from its
obligations under its Note Guarantee or this Indenture in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture; 
 (10)
provide for the appointment of a successor trustee; provided that the successor trustee is otherwise qualified and eligible to act as such under the terms of this Indenture; 

(11) provide for the issuance of exchange securities which shall have terms substantially identical in all respects to the Notes (except
that the transfer restrictions contained in the Notes shall be modified or eliminated, as appropriate) and which shall be treated, together with any outstanding Notes, as a single class of securities; or 

(12) to conform the text of this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees, if any, to any provision of the “Description of
notes” section of the Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision in the “Description of notes” section of the Offering Memorandum was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision in this Indenture, the Notes or the
Note Guarantees, if any. 

  
 100

 After an amendment or supplement under this Section becomes effective, the Company shall
mail to Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment or supplement. The failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment or supplement under this Section. 

SECTION 9.2. With Consent of Holders. The Company, the Guarantors, if any, and the Trustee may amend or supplement this
Indenture, a Note Guarantee, if any, or the Notes without notice to any Holder but with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount at maturity of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents
obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes). Any past default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, a Note Guarantee, if any, or the Notes may be waived with the written consent of the
Holders of a majority in principal amount at maturity of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes). However, without the consent of
each Holder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder): 
 (1) reduce the principal amount at maturity of Notes outstanding whose Holders must consent to an amendment; 
 (2) [Reserved.]; 
 (3) reduce the Accreted Value of or extend the
Stated Maturity of any Note; 
 (4) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any Note or change the time
at which any Note may or shall be redeemed as described under Section 3.8 or Article V or any similar provision, whether through an amendment or waiver of Section 3.8 or Article V, related definitions or
otherwise; 
 (5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Note; 

(6) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of Accreted Value of, and premium, if any, on, such Holder’s
Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes; 
 (7) make any change to the amendment provisions of this Indenture which require each Holder’s consent or to the waiver provisions of this Indenture; 

(8) modify the Note Guarantees, if any, in any manner adverse to the Holders; or 

(9) change the method of calculating Accreted Value. 

  
 101

 It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section to approve the
particular form of any proposed amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. A consent to any amendment or waiver under this Indenture by any Holder given in connection with a tender of such Holder’s
Notes will not be rendered invalid by such tender. After an amendment under this Section becomes effective, the Company shall mail to Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect
therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section. 
 SECTION 9.3. Compliance with
Trust Indenture Act. Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture, a Note Guarantee, if any, or the Notes shall comply with the TIA as then in effect. 
 SECTION 9.4. Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers. A consent to an amendment, supplement or a waiver by a Holder of a Note shall bind the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that
Note or portion of the Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on the Note. Any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent or waiver as to such
Holder’s Note or portion of the Note if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective or otherwise in accordance with any related solicitation documents. After an amendment,
supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder unless it makes a change described in any of clauses (1) through (9) of Section 9.2, in which case the amendment, supplement, waiver or other action shall bind
each Holder who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Notes. An amendment, supplement or waiver shall become effective upon receipt by the Trustee of the requisite number of
written consents under Section 9.1 or 9.2 as applicable. 
 The Company may, but shall not be obligated to,
fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the
immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such
action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall become valid or effective more than 120 days after such record date. 

SECTION 9.5. Notation on or Exchange of Notes. If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee
may require the Holder of the Note to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Note regarding the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee so determine, the
Company in exchange for the Note shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue a new Note shall not affect the validity of such amendment. 

SECTION 9.6. Trustee To Sign Amendments. The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to
this Article IX if the amendment, 

  
 102

 
supplement or waiver does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may but need not sign it. In signing any amendment, supplement
or waiver the Trustee shall be entitled to receive indemnity satisfactory to it and shall receive, and (subject to Sections 7.1 and 7.2) shall be fully protected in relying upon an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of
Counsel stating that such amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company and any Guarantors, enforceable against
them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.3). 
 ARTICLE X 
 Note Guarantees 

SECTION 10.1. Guarantees. Any Restricted Subsidiaries that become Guarantors in accordance with the provisions of this
Indenture hereby unconditionally guarantee, on a senior unsecured basis and as primary obligor and not merely as surety, jointly and severally with each other Guarantor, to each Holder and the Trustee the full and punctual payment when due, whether
at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of the Accreted Value of, and premium, if any, on, the Notes, all other obligations and liabilities of the Company under this Indenture (including without limitation principal accreting after
the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to the Company or any Guarantor whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such
proceeding) and any and all costs (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses) Incurred by the trustee or the Holders in enforcing any rights under the Note Guarantees (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the
“Obligations”). The Obligations of Guarantors under the Note Guarantees shall rank equally in right of payment with other Indebtedness of such Guarantor, except to the extent such other Indebtedness is expressly subordinated to the
obligations arising under the Note Guarantee. Each Guarantor further agrees (to the extent permitted by law) that the Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from it, and that it shall remain
bound under this Article X notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Obligation. 
 Each Guarantor waives
presentation to, demand of payment from and protest to the Company of any of the Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Guarantor waives notice of any default under the Notes or the Obligations. The obligations of each
Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected by (a) the failure of any Holder to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Company or any other person under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or
otherwise; (b) any extension or renewal of any thereof; (c) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement; (d) the release of any security held
by any Holder or the Trustee for the Obligations or any of them; (e) the failure of any Holder to exercise any right or remedy against any other Guarantor; or (f) any change in the ownership of the Company. 

  
 103

 Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein constitutes a Guarantee of payment
when due (and not a Guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder to any security held for payment of the Obligations. 
 The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason (other than payment of the Obligations in full), including any claim
of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Obligations or
otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Guarantor herein shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of any Holder to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under
this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement, by any waiver or modification of any thereof, by any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Obligations, or by any other act or thing or omission or delay to do
any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of such Guarantor as a matter of law or equity. 

Each Guarantor agrees that its Guarantee herein shall remain in full force and effect until payment in full of all the Obligations or
such Guarantor is released from its Guarantee upon the merger or the sale of all the Capital Stock or assets of the Guarantor in compliance with Section 10.2 or otherwise in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. Each Guarantor
further agrees that its Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of Accreted Value of any of the Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any
Holder upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company or otherwise. 
 In furtherance of the foregoing and not in
limitation of any other right which any Holder has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Company to pay any of the Obligations when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration,
by redemption or otherwise, each Guarantor hereby promises to and shall, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Holders an amount equal to the sum of the unpaid amount of such Obligations
then due and owing. 
 Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between such Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the
other hand, (x) the maturity of the Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in this Indenture for the purposes of its Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration
in respect of the Obligations guaranteed hereby and (y) in the event of any such declaration of acceleration of such Obligations, such Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantor for the
purposes of this Guarantee. 
 Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable
attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or the Holders in enforcing any rights under this Section. 
 SECTION
10.2. Limitation on Liability; Termination, Release and Discharge. 

  
 104

 (a) The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall be limited to the maximum amount as
shall, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor (including, without limitation, if applicable, any guarantees under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement or the Existing Senior Notes Indenture) and after
giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Note Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution obligations under this Indenture, result in
the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal or state law and not otherwise being void or voidable under any similar laws affecting the rights of creditors
generally. 
 (b) In the event a Guarantor is sold or disposed of (whether by merger, consolidation, the sale, exchange or
transfer (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise) of its Capital Stock or the sale of all or substantially all of its assets (other than by lease) and whether or not the Guarantor is the surviving corporation in such transaction) to a Person
which is not the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, such Guarantor shall be released (without any further action on the part of any Person) from all its obligations under this Indenture and its Note Guarantee if: (1) the sale or
other disposition is in compliance with this Indenture, including Section 3.8 (it being understood that only such portion of the Net Available Cash as is required to be applied on or before the date of such release in accordance with the
terms of this Indenture needs to be applied in accordance therewith at such time) and Article IV; and (2) all the obligations of such Guarantor under all Credit Facilities and related documentation and any other agreements relating to
any other Indebtedness of Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries terminate upon consummation of such transaction. 
 (c) Each
Guarantor shall be deemed released from all its obligations under this Indenture and its Note Guarantee and such Note Guarantee shall terminate upon the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or upon the legal defeasance or covenant defeasance
of the Notes, in each case, pursuant to the provisions of Article VIII hereof. 
 (d) A Guarantor shall be deemed
released from all of its obligations under this Indenture and its Note Guarantee and such Note Guarantee shall terminate if the Company designates such Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation complies with the applicable
provisions of this Indenture. 
 SECTION 10.3. Right of Contribution. Each Guarantor hereby agrees that to the
extent that any Guarantor shall have paid more than its proportionate share of any payment made on the obligations under the Note Guarantees, such Guarantor shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution from and against the Company or any other
Guarantor who has not paid its proportionate share of such payment. The provisions of this Section 10.3 shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of each Guarantor to the Trustee and the Holders, and each Guarantor shall
remain liable to the Trustee and the Holders for the full amount guaranteed by such Guarantor hereunder. 
 SECTION
10.4. No Subrogation. Notwithstanding any payment or payments made by Guarantor hereunder, no Guarantor shall be entitled to be subrogated to any of the rights of the Trustee or any Holder against the Company or any other Guarantor or
any collateral 

  
 105

 
security or guarantee or right of offset held by the Trustee or any Holder for the payment of the Obligations, nor shall any Guarantor seek or be entitled to seek any contribution or
reimbursement from the Company or any other Guarantor in respect of payments made by such Guarantor hereunder, until all amounts owing to the Trustee and the Holders by the Company on account of the Obligations are paid in full. If any amount shall
be paid to any Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all of the Obligations shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be held by such Guarantor in trust for the Trustee and the Holders, segregated from other
funds of such Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Guarantor, be turned over to the Trustee in the exact form received by such Guarantor (duly indorsed by such Guarantor to the Trustee, if required), to be applied against the
Obligations. 
 SECTION 10.5. Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee. To evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in
Section 10.1, each Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Note Guarantee substantially in the form included in Exhibit C shall be endorsed by an Officer of such Guarantor on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee
and that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by an Officer. 
 Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its
Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.1 shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee. 

If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the Note Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee
authenticates the Note on which a Note Guarantee is endorsed, the Note Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless. 
 The delivery of
any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors. 

ARTICLE XI 

Miscellaneous 
 SECTION 11.1. Trust Indenture Act Controls. If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision which is required to be included in this Indenture by the
TIA, the provision required by the TIA shall control. 
 SECTION 11.2. Notices. Any notice or communication shall be
in writing and delivered in person, mailed by first-class mail or by a reputable overnight courier, or sent by facsimile transmission addressed as follows: 
 if to the Company: 
 Dave & Buster’s Parent, Inc. 

c/o Dave & Buster’s, Inc. 
 2481 Mañana Drive 
 Dallas, Texas 75220 

  
 106

 Attention: Jay L. Tobin 

Facsimile No.: (214) 357-1536 
 if to the Trustee: 
 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 

45 Broadway, 14th Floor 
 New York, New York 10006 
 Attention: Corporate Trust – Dave &
Buster’s Parent, Inc. Administrator 
 Facsimile No.: (212) 515-1589 

The Company or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or
communications. 
 Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed to the Holder at the Holder’s address as
it appears on the Note Register and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed. 
 Failure to mail a
notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

 SECTION 11.3. Communication by Holders with other Holders. Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA
§ 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c). 

SECTION 11.4. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or application by the Company to the
Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, except upon the initial issuance of Notes hereunder, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee: 

(1) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the
opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and 
 (2) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with. 

SECTION 11.5. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a
covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture shall include: 
 (1) a statement that the individual making
such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 

  
 107

 (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or
investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (3) a
statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and 

(4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied
with. 
 In giving such Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely as to factual matters on an Officers’ Certificate or on
certificates of public officials. 
 SECTION 11.6. When Notes Disregarded. In determining whether the Holders of the
required principal amount at maturity of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company or by any of its Affiliates (except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying
on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned) shall be so disregarded. Also, subject to the foregoing, only Notes outstanding at the time shall be considered in any such
determination. 
 SECTION 11.7. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. The Trustee may make reasonable rules
for action by, or a meeting of, Holders. The Registrar and the Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions. 

SECTION 11.8. Legal Holidays. A “Legal Holiday” is a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which commercial
banking institutions are authorized or required to be closed in New York City. If the maturity date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no additional principal shall accrete for the
intervening period. 
 SECTION 11.9. GOVERNING LAW. THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTE GUARANTEES, IF ANY, AND THE NOTES SHALL
BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE STATE COURTS OF, AND THE FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN, THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR
PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE NOTE GUARANTEES, IF ANY. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS THAT ALL SERVICE OF PROCESS MAY BE MADE BY REGISTERED MAIL DIRECTED TO SUCH PARTY AS PROVIDED IN
SECTION 11.2 HEREOF FOR SUCH PARTY. SERVICE SO MADE SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE COMPLETED THREE (3) DAYS AFTER THE SAME SHALL BE POSTED AS AFORESAID. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVES ANY OBJECTION TO ANY ACTION INSTITUTED HEREUNDER BASED ON FORUM
NON CONVENIENS, AND ANY OBJECTION TO THE VENUE OF ANY ACTION INSTITUTED HEREUNDER. EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE GUARANTORS, IF ANY, AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY 

  
 108

 
IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE SECURITIES OR
THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. 
 SECTION 11.10. No Recourse Against Others. An incorporator, director,
officer, employee, stockholder or controlling person, as such, of the Company shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes or the Note Guarantees, if any, or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of
or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Holder shall waive and release all such liability. The waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes. 

SECTION 11.11. Successors. All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind their respective
successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. 
 SECTION 11.12. Multiple
Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture. The exchange of copies of
this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures
of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes. 

SECTION 11.13. Variable Provisions. The Company initially appoints the Trustee as Paying Agent and Registrar and custodian
with respect to any Global Notes. 
 SECTION 11.14. Table of Contents; Headings. The table of contents,
cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions
hereof. 
 SECTION 11.15. Force Majeure. In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or
delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military
disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, or communications services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted
practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances. 
 SECTION
11.16. U.S.A. Patriot Act. The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A. Patriot Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money
laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the
Trustee with such information as it may request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the U.S.A. Patriot Act. 

  
 109

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the
date first written above. 
  

			
	DAVE & BUSTER’S PARENT, INC.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 [Signature Page to 12.25% Senior Discount Notes] 

 
			
	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 [Signature Page to 12.25% Senior Discount Notes] 

 EXHIBIT A 
 [FORM OF FACE OF SERIES A NOTE] 
 [Applicable Restricted Notes Legend] 

[Depositary Legend, if applicable] 

  
 A-112

			
	No. [            ]	 	Principal Amount At Maturity of
$[                    ],
		 	as revised by the Schedule of Increases
		 	and Decreases in the Global Note attached hereto

 CUSIP NO.
[            ]                    

DAVE & BUSTER’S PARENT, INC. 
 12.25% Senior Discount Note, Series A, due 2016 
 Dave & Buster’s
Parent, Inc., a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns, the principal amount at maturity, as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in the Global Note attached hereto, on February 15,
2016. 
 Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note. 

  
 A-113

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed. 

 

			
	DAVE & BUSTER’S PARENT, INC.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  

			
	 TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

	
	Dated:
	
	 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
  

as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Notes referred to in the Indenture.

		
	By	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory

  
 A-114

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF SERIES A NOTE] 

12.25% Senior Discount Note, Series A, due 2016 
 1. Accretion. The Accreted Value of this Note will increase from the Issue Date until February 15, 2016, on the basis set forth below, such that the Accreted Value will equal the stated
principal amount at maturity on February 15, 2016. No interest will be payable on this Note. 
 “Accreted Value” means, as of any
date (the “Specified Date”), the amount provided below for each $1,000 principal amount at maturity of Notes: 
 (a)
if the Specified Date occurs on one of the following dates (each, a “Semi-Annual Accrual Date”), the Accreted Value will equal the amount set forth below for such Semi-Annual Accrual Date: 

 

					
	 Semi-Annual Accrual Date
	  	Accreted Value	 
	 August 15, 2011
	  	$	585.65	  
	 February 15, 2012
	  	$	621.52	  
	 August 15, 2012
	  	$	659.59	  
	 February 15, 2013
	  	$	699.99	  
	 August 15, 2013
	  	$	742.87	  
	 February 15, 2014
	  	$	788.37	  
	 August 15, 2014
	  	$	836.66	  
	 February 15, 2015
	  	$	887.90	  
	 August 15, 2015
	  	$	942.29	  
	 February 15, 2016
	  	$	1,000.00	  

 (b) if the Specified Date occurs before the first Semi-Annual Accrual Date, the Accreted Value will equal
the sum of (A) the original issue price (for each $1,000 principal amount at maturity) of a Note and (B) the amount equal to the product of (x) the Accreted Value for the first Semi-Annual Accrual Date less such original issue price
multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days from the Issue Date to the Specified Date, using a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months, and the denominator of which is the number of days from the Issue Date to the
first Semi-Annual Accrual Date, using a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months; or 
 (c) if the Specified Date occurs between two
Semi-Annual Accrual Dates, the Accreted Value will equal the sum of (A) the Accreted Value for the Semi-Annual Accrual Date immediately preceding such Specified Date and (B) an amount equal to the product of (x) the Accreted Value for
the immediately following Semi-Annual Accrual Date less the Accreted Value for the Semi-Annual Accrual Date immediately preceding such Specified Date multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days from the
immediately preceding Semi-Annual Accrual Date to the Specified Date, using a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months, and the denominator of which is 180. 

  
 A-115

	2.	Method of Payment 

 By no
later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any Accreted Value of (and premium, if any, on) any Note is due and payable, the Company shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay such
Accreted Value and premium, if any. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect Accreted Value payments on the Notes. The Company shall pay Accreted Value and premium, if any, in money of the United States that at the time of payment
is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including Accreted Value and premium, if any) shall be made by the transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified
by the Depositary. The Company shall make all payments in respect of a Definitive Note (including Accreted Value and premium, if any) by mailing a check to the registered address of each Holder thereof as such address shall appear on the Note
Register; provided, however, that payments on the Notes represented by Definitive Notes may also be made, in the case of a Holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount at maturity of Notes represented by Definitive Notes,
by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no
later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept). 
  

	3.	Paying Agent and Registrar 

Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, the trustee under the Indenture (“Trustee”), shall act as Paying Agent and
Registrar. The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 

 

	4.	Indenture 

 The Company
issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of February 22, 2011 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Indenture”), between the Company and the Trustee. The terms of the
Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect from time to time (the “Act”). Capitalized
terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Act for a statement of those terms. 

The Notes are general unsecured senior obligations of the Company. The aggregate principal amount at maturity of Notes which may be
authenticated and delivered under the Indenture is unlimited. This Note is one of the 12.25% Senior Discount Notes, Series A, due 2016 referred to in the Indenture. The Notes include (i) $180,790,000 aggregate principal amount at maturity of
the Company’s 12.25% Senior Discount Notes, Series A, due 2016 issued under the Indenture on February 22, 2011 (herein called “Initial Notes”) and (ii) if and when 

  
 A-116

 
issued, additional 12.25% Senior Discount Notes, Series A, due 2016 or 12.25% Senior Discount Notes, Series B, due 2016 of the Company that may be issued from time to time under the Indenture
subsequent to February 22, 2011, in each case having identical terms and conditions as the Notes other than the issue date and issue price (herein called “Additional Notes”). The Initial Notes and Additional Notes are treated as a
single class of securities under the Indenture. The Indenture imposes, among other things, certain limitations on the Incurrence of Indebtedness by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, the payment of dividends and other distributions on the
Capital Stock of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, the purchase or redemption of Capital Stock of the Company and Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiaries, certain purchases or redemptions of Subordinated Obligations, the sale or
transfer of assets and Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries, certain Sale/Leaseback Transactions involving the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, the incurrence of certain Liens, transactions with Affiliates, mergers and consolidations,
payments for consent, the business activities and investments of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and the sale of Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries. In addition, the Indenture limits the ability of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries to enter into agreements that restrict distributions and dividends from Restricted Subsidiaries and requires the Company to make available SEC information of Dave & Buster’s to the Holders as well as requiring Restricted
Subsidiaries that guarantee any Indebtedness of the Company to guarantee the obligations under the Notes and the Indenture. 
  

	5.	Redemption 

 Except as
described below, the Notes are not redeemable until August 15, 2013. On and after August 15, 2013, the Company may redeem all or, from time to time, a part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the
following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of the Accreted Value thereof to be redeemed on the applicable date of redemption), if redeemed during the periods indicated below: 

 

			
	 Year
	  	 Percentage

	 August 15, 2013 to August 14, 2014
	  	106.125%
	 August 15, 2014 to August 14, 2015
	  	103.063%
	 August 15, 2015 and thereafter
	  	100.000%

 Prior to February 15, 2013, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 100% of the
aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) with the Net Cash Proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings, and on or after February 15, 2013 and prior to August 15,
2013, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) with the Net Cash Proceeds of one or more Equity
Offerings, in each case, at a redemption price of 112.250% of the Accreted Value thereof at the Redemption Date; provided that the redemption occurs within 90 days after the closing of such Equity Offering. 

In addition, at any time prior to August 15, 2013, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by
first-class mail to each holder’s registered address, the Company may redeem the Notes, in whole but not in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the Accreted Value thereof on the Redemption Date plus the Applicable Premium. 

  
 A-117

 In the case of any partial redemption, selection of the Notes for redemption shall be made
by the Trustee in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not listed, then on a pro rata basis or by lot (and in any case as may be required by
the rules and regulations of the applicable depository) and which may provide for the selection for redemption of portions of the principal of the Notes, although no Note of $2,000 in principal amount at maturity or less may be redeemed in part. If
any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption relating to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount at maturity thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount at maturity equal to the unredeemed portion
thereof shall be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. 
 The Company is not required
to make mandatory redemption payments or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. The Company may at any time and from time to time purchase Notes through open market purchases, negotiated purchases, tender offers or otherwise. 

 

	6.	Change of Control Provisions 

 Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, any Holder shall have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part of the Notes of such Holder at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of
the Accreted Value thereof on the date of repurchase as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture. The Company shall be required to make an Asset Disposition Offer in certain circumstances described in the Indenture. 

 

	7.	Denominations; Transfer; Exchange 

 The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of principal amount at maturity of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in
accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not
register the transfer of or exchange any Notes for a period beginning 15 Business Days before the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing. 

 

	8.	Persons Deemed Owners 

The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. 

 

	9.	Unclaimed Money 

 If money
for the payment of the Accreted Value of or premium, if any, on the Notes remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Company at its written request unless an abandoned property law designates another
person. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Company and not to the Trustee for payment. 

  
 A-118

	10.	Defeasance 

 Subject to
certain conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Company at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Company deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of
Accreted Value of the Notes on the date of maturity. 
  

	11.	Amendment, Waiver 

Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (i) the Indenture, a Note Guarantee, if any, and the Notes may be amended
with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount at maturity of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for,
Notes) and (ii) subject to certain exceptions, any past default (other than with respect to nonpayment of the Accreted Value of and premium, if any, on the Notes) or noncompliance with any provision may be waived with the written consent of the
Holders of a majority in principal amount at maturity of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes). Subject to certain exceptions set
forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend the Indenture or the Notes to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect, mistake or inconsistency, to comply with Article IV or
Article X in respect of the assumption by a Successor Company of the obligations of the Company or any Guarantor, if any, under the Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees, if any, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to
or in place of certificated Notes, to add Guarantees with respect to the Notes or release a Guarantor, if any, upon its designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or otherwise in accordance with the Indenture, to secure the Notes, to add to the
covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Holders or surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company, to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits of the Holders or that does not adversely affect the rights
under the Indenture of any Holder, to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA, to provide for the issuance of exchange securities which shall have terms substantially identical in
all respects to the Notes, to provide for the appointment of a successor trustee or to conform the text of the Indenture, this Note or the Note Guarantees, if any, of any provision in the “Description of notes” section of the Offering
Memorandum. 
  

	12.	Defaults and Remedies 

Under the Indenture, Events of Default include (each of which are more specifically described in the Indenture) (i) default in the
payment of Accreted Value of, or premium, if any, on, any Note when due at its Stated Maturity, upon required repurchase, upon optional redemption pursuant to paragraph 5 hereof, upon declaration or otherwise; (ii) failure by the Company
or any Guarantor, if any, to comply with its obligations under Article IV of the Indenture; (iii) failure by the Company to comply for 30 days after written notice with any of its obligations under the covenants described under
Sections 3.8 and 3.10 of the Indenture (in each 

  
 A-119

 
case, other than a failure to purchase Notes when required under the Indenture, which failure shall constitute an Event of Default under clause (i) above); (iv) the failure by the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to comply for 60 days after notice with their other agreements contained in the Indenture or under the Notes (other than those referred to in (i), (ii) or (iii) above); (v) default under any
mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of the Indenture, which default (a) is
caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness (“payment default”) or (b) results in the acceleration of
such Indebtedness prior to its maturity (the “cross acceleration provision”) and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has
been a payment default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $20.0 million or more; (vi) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted
Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law (the
“bankruptcy provisions”); (vii) failure by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $20.0 million (net of any amounts that a reputable and creditworthy insurance company has acknowledged liability for in writing),
which judgments are not paid, discharged, waived or stayed for a period of 60 days (the “judgment default provision”); or (viii) any Note Guarantee, if any, ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by
the terms of the Indenture) or is declared null and void in a judicial proceeding or any Guarantor, if any, denies or disaffirms its obligations under the Indenture or its Note Guarantee, if any. However, a default under clauses (iii) and
(iv) of this paragraph will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity of the outstanding Notes provide written notice to the Company of the default and the Company does
not cure such default within the time specified in clauses (iii) and (iv) of this paragraph after receipt of such notice. 
 If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in clause (vi) above) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal
amount at maturity of the outstanding Notes by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default described in clause (vi) above occurs and is continuing, the
Accreted Value of and premium, if any, on all the Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. 

Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture
or the Notes unless it receives indemnity or security satisfactory to it. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount at maturity of the Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee
may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default in payment of Accreted Value) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. 

  
 A-120

	13.	Trustee Dealings with the Company 

 Subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with
and collect obligations owed to it by the Company or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. 

 

	14.	No Recourse Against Others 

A director, officer, employee or stockholder, as such, of the Company shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company
under the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Holder waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the
consideration for the issue of the Notes. 
  

	15.	Authentication 

 This Note
shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. 

 

	16.	Abbreviations 

 Customary
abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian) and
U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act). 
  

	17.	CUSIP Numbers 

 Pursuant
to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers as printed on the Notes and
reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 
  

	18.	Defined Terms 

 As used in
this Note, terms defined in the Indenture are used herein as therein defined. 
  

	19.	Governing Law 

 This Note
shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. 

  
 A-121

 The Company shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge to the
Holder a copy of the Indenture, which has in it the text of this Note in larger type. Requests may be made to: 

Dave & Buster’s Parent, Inc. 
 c/o Dave & Buster’s, Inc. 
 2481 Mañana Drive 

Dallas, Texas 75220 
 Attention: Jay L. Tobin 
 Facsimile No.: (214) 357-1536 

  
 A-122

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 
 To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
 I or we assign and transfer this Note to

  

					
		 	  
	 	
		 	(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)	 	

					
			
		 	  
	 	
		 	(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)	 	

 and irrevocably appoint
                     agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 

 
  
  

 

											
	Date:	 	  
	 		 	Your Signature:	 	  
	  	

  

							
	Signature Guarantee:	 	  
	  		  	
		 	(Signature must be guaranteed)	  		  	

  

			
	  

	Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

 The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan
associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to S.E.C. Rule 17Ad-15. 
 In connection with any transfer or exchange of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the date that is one year after the later of the date of original issuance of such Notes
and the last date, if any, on which such Notes were owned by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being: 
 CHECK ONE BOX BELOW: 

					
			
	1	 	 ̈	  	acquired for the undersigned’s own account, without transfer; or
			
	2	 	 ̈	  	transferred to the Company; or
			
	3	 	 ̈	  	transferred pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”); or
			
	4	 	 ̈	  	transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; or
			
	5	 	 ̈	  	transferred pursuant to and in compliance with Regulation S under the Securities Act; or

  
 A-123

					
			
	6	 	 ̈	  	transferred to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act), that has furnished to the Trustee a signed
letter containing certain representations and agreements (the form of which letter appears as Section 2.8 of the Indenture); or
			
	7	 	 ̈	  	transferred pursuant to another available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933.

 Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee shall refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate
in the name of any person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (5), (6) or (7) is checked, the Trustee or the Company may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, in their
sole discretion, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Trustee or the Company may reasonably request to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the
registration requirements of the Securities Act, such as the exemption provided by Rule 144 under such Act. 
  

							
		 		 	  
	 	
		 		 	Signature	 	
	Signature Guarantee:	 		 		 	
				
	  
	 		 	  
	 	
	(Signature must be guaranteed)	 		 	Signature	 	

									
			
	  
	 		 	

 The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan
associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to S.E.C. Rule 17Ad-15. 
 TO BE
COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (1) OR (3) ABOVE IS CHECKED. 
 The undersigned represents and warrants that it is
purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities
Act, as amended, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to
request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. 

 

			
	Dated:	  	NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer

  
 A-124

 [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES] 

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE 
 The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of
 Exchange
	  	 Amount of

decrease in

Principal Amount

at Maturity of this

Global Note
	  	 Amount of

increase in

Principal Amount

at Maturity of this

Global Note
	  	 Principal Amount

at Maturity of this

Global Note

following such

decrease or

increase
	  	 Signature of

authorized

signatory of

Trustee or Notes

Custodian

  
 A-125

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 3.8 or 3.10 of the Indenture,
check the box: 
  ̈ 

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 3.8 or 3.10 of the
Indenture, state the amount in principal amount (must be denominations of $2,000 principal amount at maturity or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof): $ 
  

											
	Date:	 	  
	 		 	Your Signature:	 	  
	 	
		 		 		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of the Note)

 

					
	Signature Guarantee:	 	  
	  	
		 	(Signature must be guaranteed)	  	

 The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan
associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to S.E.C. Rule 17Ad-15. 

  
 A-126

 EXHIBIT B 
 [FORM OF FACE OF SERIES B NOTE] 
 [Depositary Legend, if applicable] 

  
 B-127

			
	No. [            ]	 	Principal Amount At Maturity of
$[                    ],
		 	as revised by the Schedule of Increases
		 	and Decreases in the Global Note attached hereto

 CUSIP NO. [            ] 

DAVE & BUSTER’S PARENT, INC. 
 12.25% Senior Discount Note, Series B, due 2016 
 Dave & Buster’s
Parent, Inc., a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns, the principal amount at maturity, as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in the Global Note attached hereto, on February 15,
2016. 
 Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note. 

  
 B-128

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed. 

 

			
	DAVE & BUSTER’S PARENT, INC.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  

			
	 TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

	
	Dated:
	
	 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
  

as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Notes referred to in the Indenture.

		
	By	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory

  
 B-129

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF SERIES B NOTE] 

12.25% Senior Discount Note, Series B, due 2016 
 1. Accretion. The Accreted Value of this Note will increase from the Issue Date until February 15, 2016, on the basis set forth below, such that the Accreted Value will equal the stated
principal amount at maturity on February 15, 2016. No interest will be payable on this Note. 
 “Accreted Value” means, as of any
date (the “Specified Date”), the amount provided below for each $1,000 principal amount at maturity of Notes: 
 (a)
if the Specified Date occurs on one of the following dates (each, a “Semi-Annual Accrual Date”), the Accreted Value will equal the amount set forth below for such Semi-Annual Accrual Date: 

 

					
	 Semi-Annual Accrual Date
	  	Accreted Value	 
	 August 15, 2011
	  	$	585.65	  
	 February 15, 2012
	  	$	621.52	  
	 August 15, 2012
	  	$	659.59	  
	 February 15, 2013
	  	$	699.99	  
	 August 15, 2013
	  	$	742.87	  
	 February 15, 2014
	  	$	788.37	  
	 August 15, 2014
	  	$	836.66	  
	 February 15, 2015
	  	$	887.90	  
	 August 15, 2015
	  	$	942.29	  
	 February 15, 2016
	  	$	1,000.00	  

 (b) if the Specified Date occurs before the first Semi-Annual Accrual Date, the Accreted Value will equal
the sum of (A) the original issue price (for each $1,000 principal amount at maturity) of a Note and (B) the amount equal to the product of (x) the Accreted Value for the first Semi-Annual Accrual Date less such original issue price
multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days from the Issue Date to the Specified Date, using a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months, and the denominator of which is the number of days from the Issue Date to the
first Semi-Annual Accrual Date, using a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months; or 
 (c) if the Specified Date occurs between two
Semi-Annual Accrual Dates, the Accreted Value will equal the sum of (A) the Accreted Value for the Semi-Annual Accrual Date immediately preceding such Specified Date and (B) an amount equal to the product of (x) the Accreted Value for
the immediately following Semi-Annual Accrual Date less the Accreted Value for the Semi-Annual Accrual Date immediately preceding such Specified Date multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days from the
immediately preceding Semi-Annual Accrual Date to the Specified Date, using a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months, and the denominator of which is 180. 

  
 B-130

	2.	Method of Payment 

 By no
later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any Accreted Value of (and premium, if any, on) any Note is due and payable, the Company shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay such
Accreted Value and premium, if any. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect Accreted Value payments on the Notes. The Company shall pay Accreted Value and premium, if any, in money of the United States that at the time of payment
is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including Accreted Value and premium, if any) shall be made by the transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified
by the Depositary. The Company shall make all payments in respect of a Definitive Note (including Accreted Value and premium, if any) by mailing a check to the registered address of each Holder thereof as such address shall appear on the Note
Register; provided, however, that payments on the Notes represented by Definitive Notes may also be made, in the case of a Holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount at maturity of Notes represented by Definitive Notes,
by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no
later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept). 
  

	3.	Paying Agent and Registrar 

Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, the trustee under the Indenture (“Trustee”), shall act as Paying Agent and
Registrar. The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 

 

	4.	Indenture 

 The Company
issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of February 22, 2011 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Indenture”), between the Company and the Trustee. The terms of the
Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect from time to time (the “Act”). Capitalized
terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Act for a statement of those terms. 

The Notes are general unsecured senior obligations of the Company. The aggregate principal amount at maturity of Notes which may be
authenticated and delivered under the Indenture is unlimited. This Note is one of the 12.25% Senior Discount Notes, Series A, due 2016 referred to in the Indenture. The Notes include (i) $180,790,000 aggregate principal amount at maturity of
the Company’s 12.25% Senior Discount Notes, Series A, due 2016 issued under the Indenture on February 22, 2011 (herein called “Initial Notes”) and (ii) if and when issued, additional 12.25% Senior Discount Notes, Series A,
due 2016 or 12.25% Senior Discount Notes, Series B, due 2016 of the Company that may be issued from time to time under the 

  
 B-131

 
Indenture subsequent to February 22, 2011, in each case having identical terms and conditions as the Notes other than the issue date and issue price (herein called “Additional
Notes”). The Initial Notes and Additional Notes are treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. The Indenture imposes, among other things, certain limitations on the Incurrence of Indebtedness by the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries, the payment of dividends and other distributions on the Capital Stock of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, the purchase or redemption of Capital Stock of the Company and Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiaries, certain
purchases or redemptions of Subordinated Obligations, the sale or transfer of assets and Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries, certain Sale/Leaseback Transactions involving the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, the incurrence of certain
Liens, transactions with Affiliates, mergers and consolidations, payments for consent, the business activities and investments of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and the sale of Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries. In addition, the
Indenture limits the ability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to enter into agreements that restrict distributions and dividends from Restricted Subsidiaries and requires the Company to make available SEC information of Dave &
Buster’s to the Holders as well as requiring Restricted Subsidiaries that guarantee any Indebtedness of the Company to guarantee the obligations under the Notes and the Indenture. 

 

	5.	Redemption 

 Except as
described below, the Notes are not redeemable until August 15, 2013. On and after August 15, 2013, the Company may redeem all or, from time to time, a part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the
following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of the Accreted Value thereof to be redeemed on the applicable date of redemption), if redeemed during the periods indicated below: 

 

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 August 15, 2013 to August 14, 2014
	  	 	106.125	% 
	 August 15, 2014 to August 14, 2015
	  	 	103.063	% 
	 August 15, 2015 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 Prior to February 15, 2013, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 100% of the
aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) with the Net Cash Proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings, and on or after February 15, 2013 and prior to August 15,
2013, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) with the Net Cash Proceeds of one or more Equity
Offerings, in each case, at a redemption price of 112.250% of the Accreted Value thereof at the Redemption Date; provided that the redemption occurs within 90 days after the closing of such Equity Offering. 

In addition, at any time prior to August 15, 2013, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by
first-class mail to each holder’s registered address, the Company may redeem the Notes, in whole but not in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the Accreted Value thereof on the Redemption Date plus the Applicable Premium. 

  
 B-132

 In the case of any partial redemption, selection of the Notes for redemption shall be made
by the Trustee in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not listed, then on a pro rata basis or by lot (and in any case as may be required by
the rules and regulations of the applicable depository) and which may provide for the selection for redemption of portions of the principal of the Notes, although no Note of $2,000 in principal amount at maturity or less may be redeemed in part. If
any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption relating to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount at maturity thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount at maturity equal to the unredeemed portion
thereof shall be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. 
 The Company is not required
to make mandatory redemption payments or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. The Company may at any time and from time to time purchase Notes through open market purchases, negotiated purchases, tender offers or otherwise. 

 

	6.	Change of Control Provisions 

 Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, any Holder shall have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part of the Notes of such Holder at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of
the Accreted Value thereof on the date of repurchase as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture. The Company shall be required to make an Asset Disposition Offer in certain circumstances described in the Indenture. 

 

	7.	Denominations; Transfer; Exchange 

 The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of principal amount at maturity of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in
accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not
register the transfer of or exchange any Notes for a period beginning 15 Business Days before the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing. 

 

	8.	Persons Deemed Owners 

The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. 

 

	9.	Unclaimed Money 

 If money
for the payment of the Accreted Value of or premium, if any, on the Notes remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Company at its written request unless an abandoned property law designates another
person. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Company and not to the Trustee for payment. 

  
 B-133

	10.	Defeasance 

 Subject to
certain conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Company at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Company deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of
Accreted Value of the Notes on the date of maturity. 
  

	11.	Amendment, Waiver 

Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (i) the Indenture, a Note Guarantee, if any, and the Notes may be amended
with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount at maturity of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for,
Notes) and (ii) subject to certain exceptions, any past default (other than with respect to nonpayment of the Accreted Value of and premium, if any, on the Notes) or noncompliance with any provision may be waived with the written consent of the
Holders of a majority in principal amount at maturity of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes). Subject to certain exceptions set
forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend the Indenture or the Notes to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect, mistake or inconsistency, to comply with Article IV or
Article X in respect of the assumption by a Successor Company of the obligations of the Company or any Guarantor, if any, under the Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees, if any, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to
or in place of certificated Notes, to add Guarantees with respect to the Notes or release a Guarantor, if any, upon its designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or otherwise in accordance with the Indenture, to secure the Notes, to add to the
covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Holders or surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company, to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits of the Holders or that does not adversely affect the rights
under the Indenture of any Holder, to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA, to provide for the issuance of exchange securities which shall have terms substantially identical in
all respects to the Notes, to provide for the appointment of a successor trustee or to conform the text of the Indenture, this Note or the Note Guarantees, if any, of any provision in the “Description of notes” section of the Offering
Memorandum. 
  

	12.	Defaults and Remedies 

Under the Indenture, Events of Default include (each of which are more specifically described in the Indenture) (i) default in the
payment of Accreted Value of, or premium, if any, on, any Note when due at its Stated Maturity, upon required repurchase, upon optional redemption pursuant to paragraph 5 hereof, upon declaration or otherwise; (ii) failure by the Company
or any Guarantor, if any, to comply with its obligations under Article IV of the Indenture; (iii) failure by the Company to comply for 30 days after written notice with any of its obligations under the covenants described under
Sections 3.8 and 3.10 of the Indenture (in each case, other than a failure to purchase Notes when required under the Indenture, which failure shall constitute an Event of Default under clause (i) above); (iv) the failure
by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to comply for 60 days after notice with their other agreements 

  
 B-134

 
contained in the Indenture or under the Notes (other than those referred to in (i), (ii) or (iii) above); (v) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there
may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), other
than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of the Indenture, which default (a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or
premium, if any, on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness (“payment default”) or (b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its maturity (the
“cross acceleration provision”) and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a payment default or the maturity of
which has been so accelerated, aggregates $20.0 million or more; (vi) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the
latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law (the “bankruptcy provisions”);
(vii) failure by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a
Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $20.0 million (net of any amounts that a reputable and creditworthy insurance company has acknowledged liability for in writing), which judgments are not paid, discharged, waived
or stayed for a period of 60 days (the “judgment default provision”); or (viii) any Note Guarantee, if any, ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms of the Indenture) or is declared null
and void in a judicial proceeding or any Guarantor, if any, denies or disaffirms its obligations under the Indenture or its Note Guarantee, if any. However, a default under clauses (iii) and (iv) of this paragraph will not constitute an
Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity of the outstanding Notes provide written notice to the Company of the default and the Company does not cure such default within the time specified in
clauses (iii) and (iv) of this paragraph after receipt of such notice. 
 If an Event of Default (other than an Event
of Default described in clause (vi) above) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity of the outstanding Notes by written notice to the Company and the Trustee,
may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default described in clause (vi) above occurs and is continuing, the Accreted Value of and premium, if any, on all the Notes will become and be immediately due and
payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. 
 Holders may not enforce the Indenture
or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless it receives indemnity or security satisfactory to it. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount at
maturity of the Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default in payment of Accreted Value) if it
determines that withholding notice is in their interest. 

  
 B-135

	13.	Trustee Dealings with the Company 

 Subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with
and collect obligations owed to it by the Company or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. 

 

	14.	No Recourse Against Others 

A director, officer, employee or stockholder, as such, of the Company shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company
under the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Holder waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the
consideration for the issue of the Notes. 
  

	15.	Authentication 

 This Note
shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. 

 

	16.	Abbreviations 

 Customary
abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian) and
U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act). 
  

	17.	CUSIP Numbers 

 Pursuant
to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers as printed on the Notes and
reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 
  

	18.	Defined Terms 

 As used in
this Note, terms defined in the Indenture are used herein as therein defined. 
  

	19.	Governing Law 

 This Note
shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. 

  
 B-136

 The Company shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge to the
Holder a copy of the Indenture, which has in it the text of this Note in larger type. Requests may be made to: 

Dave & Buster’s Parent, Inc. 
 c/o Dave & Buster’s, Inc. 
 2481 Mañana Drive 

Dallas, Texas 75220 
 Attention: Jay L. Tobin 
 Facsimile No.: (214) 357-1536 

  
 B-137

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 
 To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
 I or we assign and transfer this Note to

  

					
		 	  
	 	
		 	(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)	 	

					
			
		 	  
	 	
		 	(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)	 	

 and irrevocably appoint
                     agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 

 
  
  

 

											
	Date:	 	  
	 		 	Your Signature:	 	  
	  	

  

							
	Signature Guarantee:	 	  

		 	(Signature must be guaranteed)

 

	
	  

	Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

 The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan
associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to S.E.C. Rule 17Ad-15. 

  
 B-138

 [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES] 

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE 
 The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of
 Exchange
	  	 Amount of

decrease in

Principal Amount

at Maturity of this

Global Note
	  	 Amount of

increase in

Principal Amount

at Maturity of this

Global Note
	  	 Principal Amount

at Maturity of this

Global Note

following such

decrease or

increase
	  	 Signature of

authorized

signatory of

Trustee or Notes

Custodian

  
 B-139

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 3.8 or 3.10 of the Indenture,
check the box: 
  ̈ 

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 3.8 or 3.10 of the
Indenture, state the amount in principal amount (must be denominations of $2,000 in principal amount at maturity or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof): $ 
  

											
	Date:	 	  
	 		 	Your Signature:	 	  
	 	
		 		 		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of the Note)

 

					
	Signature Guarantee:	 	  
	  	
		 	(Signature must be guaranteed)	  	

 The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan
associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to S.E.C. Rule 17Ad-15. 

  
 B-140

 EXHIBIT C 
 FORM OF INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT TO ADD GUARANTORS TO GUARANTEE NOTES 
 This Supplemental Indenture and Note Guarantee, dated as of [                     ],
20     (this “Supplemental Indenture” or “Guarantee”), among [name of future Guarantor] (the “Guarantor”), Dave & Buster’s Parent, Inc. (together with
its successors and assigns, the “Company”)[, each other then existing Guarantor under the Indenture referred to below,]1 and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee under the Indenture referred to below. 

W I T N E S S E T H: 
 WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee have heretofore executed and delivered an Indenture, dated as of February 22, 2011 (as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified, the
“Indenture”), providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of 12.25% Senior Discount Notes due 2016 of the Company (the “Notes”); 

WHEREAS, Section 3.11 of the Indenture provides that after the Issue Date, the Company is required to cause each Restricted
Subsidiary, other than a Foreign Subsidiary that Guarantees any Indebtedness of the Company, to execute and deliver to the Trustee a Supplemental Indenture and Note Guarantee pursuant to which such Guarantor shall unconditionally Guarantee, on a
joint and several basis, the full and prompt payment of the Accreted Value of, and premium, if any, on, the Notes on a senior basis; and 
 WHEREAS, Section 9.1 of the Indenture provides that the Company and the Trustee may, without notice to or consent of any Holder of the Notes, add Guarantees with respect to the Notes;

 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is
hereby acknowledged, the Guarantor, the Company and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders as follows: 
 ARTICLE I 
 Definitions 

1.1 As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are used herein as
therein defined, except that the term “Holders” in this Supplemental Indenture shall refer to the term “Holders” as defined in the Indenture and the Trustee acting on behalf or for the benefit of such Holders. The words

  

	1 	 This language is only to be included in the event that there are any existing Guarantors.

  
 C-141

 
“herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any
particular section hereof. 
 ARTICLE II 
 Agreement to be Bound; Guarantee 
 2.1 The Guarantor hereby agrees to
become a party to the Indenture as a Guarantor and as such shall have all of the rights and be subject to all of the obligations and agreements of a Guarantor under the Indenture. The Guarantor agrees to be bound by all of the provisions of the
Indenture applicable to a Guarantor and to perform all of the obligations and agreements of a Guarantor under the Indenture. 

2.2 The Guarantor hereby fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, as primary obligor and not merely as a surety, jointly and
severally with each other Guarantor, to each Holder and the Trustee, the full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of the Obligations pursuant to Article X of the Indenture.

 ARTICLE III 
 Miscellaneous 
 3.1 All notices and other communications to the Guarantor
shall be given as provided in the Indenture to the Guarantor, at its address set forth below, with a copy to the Company as provided in the Indenture for notices to the Company. 

[Name of future Guarantor] 
 [                                ]

[                       
         ] 

[Attention:                     
                   ] 
 [Facsimile
No.: (        )        -           ] 
 3.2 Nothing expressed or mentioned herein is intended or shall be construed to give any Person, firm or corporation, other than the Holders and the Trustee, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim
under or in respect of this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture or any provision herein or therein contained. 
 3.3 This
Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. 
 3.4 In case
any provision in this Supplemental Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and such provision shall be
ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability. 

  
 C-142

 3.5 Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture and the Notes are in all respects
ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder heretofore or hereafter
authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. The Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or with respect to the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made
solely by the other parties hereto. 
 3.6 The parties hereto may sign one or more copies of this Supplemental Indenture in
counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. 
 3.7 The headings of the Articles and the
sections in this Supplemental Indenture are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions hereof. 

  
 C-143

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed as of the date first above written. 
  

			
	[GUARANTOR],
	as a Guarantor
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	DAVE & BUSTER’S PARENT, INC.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 C-144Stockholder Agreement

 Exhibit 4.6 
 EXECUTION COPY 
 STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT 

DATED AS OF 

June 1, 2010 

AMONG 
 DAVE
& BUSTER’S PARENT, INC. 
 AND 
 THE STOCKHOLDERS PARTY HERETO 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
		
	ARTICLE 1            DEFINITIONS	  	 	2	  
	 SECTION 1.01.
	  	 Definitions
	  	 	2	  
	ARTICLE 2            CORPORATE GOVERNANCE	  	 	9	  
	 SECTION 2.01.
	  	 Composition of the Board
	  	 	9	  
	 SECTION 2.02.
	  	 Removal
	  	 	9	  
	 SECTION 2.03.
	  	 Vacancies
	  	 	9	  
	 SECTION 2.04.
	  	 Charter or Bylaw Provisions
	  	 	10	  
	 SECTION 2.05.
	  	 Reimbursement of Expenses
	  	 	10	  
	 SECTION 2.06.
	  	 Corporate Opportunities
	  	 	10	  
	ARTICLE 3            RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER	  	 	10	  
	 SECTION 3.01.
	  	 General Restrictions on Transfer
	  	 	10	  
	 SECTION 3.02.
	  	 Legends
	  	 	11	  
	 SECTION 3.03.
	  	 Permitted Transferees
	  	 	11	  
	 SECTION 3.04.
	  	 Restrictions on Transfers by Other Stockholders
	  	 	12	  
	 SECTION 3.05.
	  	 Transfers by Oak Hill
	  	 	12	  
	ARTICLE 4            TAG-ALONG RIGHTS; DRAG-ALONG RIGHTS; PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS	  	 	12	  
	 SECTION 4.01.
	  	 Tag-Along Rights
	  	 	12	  
	 SECTION 4.02.
	  	 Drag-Along Rights
	  	 	15	  
	 SECTION 4.03.
	  	 Additional Conditions to Tag-Along Sales and Drag-Along Sales
	  	 	17	  
	 SECTION 4.04.
	  	 Repurchase Rights
	  	 	18	  
	 SECTION 4.05.
	  	 Preemptive Rights
	  	 	19	  
	ARTICLE 5            REGISTRATION RIGHTS	  	 	21	  
	 SECTION 5.01.
	  	 Demand Registration
	  	 	21	  
	 SECTION 5.02.
	  	 Piggyback Registration
	  	 	22	  
	 SECTION 5.03.
	  	 Lock-Up Agreements
	  	 	23	  
	 SECTION 5.04.
	  	 Registration Procedures
	  	 	24	  
	 SECTION 5.05.
	  	 Indemnification by the Company
	  	 	27	  
	 SECTION 5.06.
	  	 Indemnification by the Participating Stockholders
	  	 	27	  
	 SECTION 5.07.
	  	 Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings
	  	 	28	  

  
 i 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

(continued) 
  

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
			
	 SECTION 5.08.
	  	 Contribution
	  	 	29	  
	 SECTION 5.09.
	  	 Participation in Public Offering
	  	 	30	  
	 SECTION 5.10.
	  	 Other Indemnification
	  	 	30	  
	 SECTION 5.11.
	  	 Cooperation by the Company
	  	 	30	  
	 SECTION 5.12.
	  	 No Transfer of Registration Rights
	  	 	30	  
	 SECTION 5.13.
	  	 S-8 Registration Following IPO
	  	 	30	  
	ARTICLE 6            CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS	  	 	31	  
	 SECTION 6.01.
	  	 Confidentiality
	  	 	31	  
	 SECTION 6.02.
	  	 Conflicting Agreements
	  	 	32	  
	ARTICLE 7            MISCELLANEOUS	  	 	32	  
	 SECTION 7.01.
	  	 Binding Effect; Assignability; Benefit
	  	 	32	  
	 SECTION 7.02.
	  	 Notices
	  	 	32	  
	 SECTION 7.03.
	  	 Waiver; Amendment; Termination
	  	 	34	  
	 SECTION 7.04.
	  	 Fees and Expenses
	  	 	34	  
	 SECTION 7.05.
	  	 Governing Law
	  	 	34	  
	 SECTION 7.06.
	  	 Jurisdiction
	  	 	34	  
	 SECTION 7.07.
	  	 Waiver of Jury Trial
	  	 	35	  
	 SECTION 7.08.
	  	 Specific Enforcement; Cumulative Remedies
	  	 	35	  
	 SECTION 7.09.
	  	 Entire Agreement
	  	 	35	  
	 SECTION 7.10.
	  	 Spouses
	  	 	35	  
	 SECTION 7.11.
	  	 Severability
	  	 	36	  
	 SECTION 7.12.
	  	 Counterparts; Effectiveness
	  	 	36	  
	 SECTION 7.13.
	  	 Representatives
	  	 	36	  

  
 ii 

 STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) 

dated as of June 1, 2010 among: 
 (i) Dave & Buster’s Parent, Inc. (f/k/a Games Acquisition Corp.), a Delaware corporation (the “Company”); 

(ii) Oak Hill Capital Partners III, L.P. and Oak Hill Capital Management Partners III, L.P. (collectively, “Oak
Hill”); 
 (iii) the individuals named as Additional Stockholders on the signature pages hereto, and the
individuals who become a party to this Agreement as Additional Stockholders after the date hereof pursuant to the terms hereof (collectively, as listed on Schedule A hereto, which may be amended by the Company to reflect changes in the
Additional Stockholders from time to time, each an “Additional Stockholder” and collectively, the “Additional Stockholders”); and 

the individuals named as Management Stockholders on the signature pages hereto, and the individuals who are members of management and
become a party to this Agreement after the date hereof pursuant to the terms hereof (collectively, as listed on Schedule A hereto, which may be amended by the Company to reflect changes in the Management Stockholders from time to time, each a
“Management Stockholder” and collectively, the “Management Stockholders”). 
 If
Oak Hill shall hereafter Transfer any of its Company Securities to any of its respective Permitted Transferees (as such terms are defined below), the term “Oak Hill” shall mean Oak Hill and such Permitted Transferees, taken
individually and together, and any right, obligation or action that may be exercised or taken at the election of Oak Hill may be exercised or taken at the election of Oak Hill. 

If any Additional Stockholder shall hereafter Transfer any of his or her Company Securities to any of his or her Permitted Transferees,
the term “Additional Stockholder” as applied to such Additional Stockholder shall mean such Additional Stockholder and his or her Permitted Transferees, taken individually and together, and any right, obligation or other
action that may be exercised or taken at the election of such Additional Stockholder may be exercised or taken at the election of such Additional Stockholder and his or her Permitted Transferees. 

If any Management Stockholder shall hereafter Transfer any of his or her Company Securities to any of his or her Permitted Transferees,
the term “Management Stockholder” as applied to such Management Stockholder shall mean such Management Stockholder and his or her Permitted Transferees, taken individually and together, and any right, obligation or other
action that may be exercised or taken at the election of such Management Stockholder may be exercised or taken at the election of such Management Stockholder and his or her Permitted Transferees. 

 W I T N E S S E T H : 

WHEREAS, the Company has been formed for the purpose of acquiring Dave & Buster’s Holdings, Inc.
(“D&B”), pursuant to a Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 2, 2010 (as the same may be amended, modified or otherwise supplemented from time to time, the “Purchase Agreement”), by and
among D&B, the Company and certain other parties thereto; 
 WHEREAS, it is the intention of the parties hereto to enter
into this Agreement to govern certain of their rights, duties and obligations after the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Stock Purchase Agreement; 
 NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration the sufficiency and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows: 

ARTICLE 1 

DEFINITIONS 

SECTION 1.01. Definitions. 
 (a) The following terms, as used herein, have the following meanings: 

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by
or under common control with such Person; provided that no securityholder of the Company shall be deemed an Affiliate of any other securityholder solely by reason of an investment in the Company. For the purpose of this definition, the term
“control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any
Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. 

“Aggregate Ownership” means, with respect to any Stockholder or group of Stockholders, the total number of the
relevant class of Company Securities owned (without duplication) by such Stockholder or group of Stockholders as of the date of such calculation, calculated on a Fully-Diluted basis. 

“Board” means the board of directors of the Company. 

“Business Day” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City
are authorized by law to close. 
 “Bylaws” means the bylaws of the Company, as the same may be amended
from time to time. 

  
 2 

 “Change of Control” has the meaning set forth in the Plan.

 “Charter” means the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as the same may be amended from time
to time. 
 “Common Shares” means shares of Common Stock. 

“Common Stock” means the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and any stock into which such
Common Stock may thereafter be converted, changed, reclassified or exchanged. 
 “Company Securities”
means (i) the Common Stock, (ii) any preferred stock, (iii) any other common stock issued by the Company and (iv) any securities convertible into or exchangeable for, or options, warrants or other rights to acquire, Common Stock
or any other common stock issued by the Company. 
 “Drag-Along Portion” means, with respect to any
Other Stockholder in a Drag-Along Sale (as defined in Section 4.02), the Aggregate Ownership of the relevant class of Company Securities held by such Other Stockholder multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the
aggregate number of that class of Company Securities proposed to be sold by the Drag-Along Seller (as defined in Section 4.02) in the applicable Drag-Along Sale and the denominator of which is the Aggregate Ownership of that class of
Company Securities held by the Drag-Along Seller at such time. 
 “Exchange Act” means the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
 “Fair Market Value” with respect to the Company Securities as of
any date of determination, means: 
 (i) $1,000 per share of Common Stock as of the date hereof; 

(ii) if the Company Securities are listed or admitted to trading on a national securities exchange in the United States or reported
through The Nasdaq Stock Market (“Nasdaq”) then the closing sale price on such exchange or Nasdaq on such date or, if no trading occurred or quotations were available on such date, then the closest preceding date on which
such Company Securities were traded or quoted; or 
 (iii) if not so listed or reported but a regular, active public market for
the Company Securities exists (as determined in the sole discretion of the Board, whose discretion shall be conclusive and binding), then the average of the closing bid and ask quotations per Company Security in the over-the-counter market for such
Company Securities in the United States on such date or, if no such quotations are available on such date, then on the closest date preceding such date. For purposes of the foregoing, a market in which trading is sporadic and the ask quotations
generally exceed the bid quotations by more than fifteen percent (15%) shall not be deemed to be a “regular, active public market.” 

  
 3 

 If the Board determines that a regular, active public market does not exist for the Company
Securities, the Board shall determine the Fair Market Value of the Company Securities in its good faith judgment. 

“FINRA” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. 

“Fully-Diluted” means, with respect to any class of Company Securities, all outstanding shares and all shares
issuable in respect of securities convertible into or exchangeable for such shares, all stock appreciation rights, options, warrants and other rights to purchase or subscribe for such class of Company Securities or securities convertible into or
exchangeable for such class of Company Securities; provided that if any of the foregoing stock appreciation rights, options, warrants or other rights to purchase or subscribe for such class of Company Securities are subject to vesting, the
Company Securities subject to vesting shall be included in the definition of “Fully-Diluted” only upon and to the extent of such vesting. 
 “group of Stockholders” means a “group” of Stockholders, as such term would be interpreted under Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act. 

“Initial Ownership” means, with respect to any Stockholder or group of Stockholders, the Aggregate Ownership by
such Stockholder or group of Stockholders as of the date hereof (or, in the case of any Other Stockholder who becomes a party to this Agreement after the date hereof, as of the date of joinder to or entry of such Other Stockholder into this
Agreement), in each case taking into account any stock split, stock dividend, reverse stock split or similar event. 

“Initial Public Offering” means the first Public Offering of Common Stock after the date hereof with aggregate
gross proceeds to the Company and all selling stockholders in an amount equal to or greater than $50 million. 

“Other Stockholders” means all Stockholders other than Oak Hill. 

“Permitted Transferee” means, (i) with respect to any Stockholder who is an individual, any spouse, lineal
descendant, sibling, parent, heir, executor, administrator, testamentary trustee, legatee or beneficiary of such Stockholder or a trust, the beneficiaries of which, or a corporation or partnership, the shareholders or partners of which, include only
such Stockholder and any spouse, lineal descendant, sibling, parent or heir of such Stockholder, (ii) with respect to any Stockholder that is an entity, any general or limited partner, member, shareholder or Affiliate of such Stockholder, or to
a trust the beneficiaries of which include only such general or limited partner, member, shareholder or Affiliate and (iii) with respect to any Stockholder that is a trust whose beneficiaries consist of one or more of the spouse, lineal
descendant, sibling, parent, heir, executor, administrator, testamentary trustee, legatee or testamentary beneficiary of the settlor of such trust, any beneficiary of that trust or any other trust for the benefit of one or more of such
beneficiaries. 

  
 4 

 “Person” means an individual, corporation, limited liability
company, partnership, association, trust or other entity or organization, including a government or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof. 
 “Plan” means the Company 2010 Management Incentive Plan. 

“Pro Rata Share” means, for each Stockholder and any proposed issuance of any class of Company Securities with
respect to which each such Stockholder shall be entitled to exercise his or her rights under Section 4.05, the fraction that results from dividing (A) such Stockholder’s Aggregate Ownership of Company Securities by (B) the
total number of shares of Company Securities then outstanding and owned by all Stockholders (immediately before giving effect to such issuance), calculated on a Fully-Diluted Basis. 

“Public Offering” means an underwritten public offering of Company Securities pursuant to an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act, other than pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any similar or successor form. 
 “Registrable Securities” means, at any time, any Company Securities held by any Stockholder until (i) a registration statement covering such Company Securities has been
declared effective by the SEC and such Company Securities have been disposed of pursuant to such effective registration statement, (ii) such Company Securities are sold under circumstances in which all of the applicable conditions of Rule 144
(or any similar provisions then in force) under the Securities Act are met or (iii) such Company Securities are otherwise Transferred, the Company has delivered a new certificate or other evidence of ownership for such Company Securities not
bearing the legend required pursuant to this Agreement and such Company Securities may be resold without subsequent registration under the Securities Act. 
 “Registration Expenses” means any and all expenses incident to the performance of or compliance with any registration or marketing of securities, including all
(i) registration and filing fees, and all other fees and expenses payable in connection with the listing of securities on any securities exchange or automated interdealer quotation system, (ii) fees and expenses of compliance with any
securities or “blue sky” laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with “blue sky” qualifications of the securities registered), (iii) expenses in connection with the preparation, printing,
mailing and delivery of any registration statements, prospectuses and other documents in connection therewith and any amendments or supplements thereto, (iv) security engraving and printing expenses, (v) internal expenses of the Company
(including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), (vi) reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and customary fees and expenses for independent
certified public accountants retained by the Company (including the expenses relating to any comfort letters or costs associated with the delivery by independent certified public accountants of any comfort letters), (vii) reasonable fees and
expenses of any special 

  
 5 

 
experts retained by the Company in connection with such registration, (viii) reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of counsel to the Stockholders participating in the offering selected
(A) by Oak Hill, in the case of any offering in which Oak Hill participates, or (B) in any other case, by the Stockholders holding the majority of the Registrable Securities to be sold for the account of all Stockholders in the offering,
(ix) fees and expenses in connection with any review by FINRA of the underwriting arrangements or other terms of the offering, and all fees and expenses of any “qualified independent underwriter,” including the fees and expenses of
any counsel thereto, (x) fees and disbursements of underwriters customarily paid by issuers or sellers of securities, but excluding any underwriting fees, discounts and commissions attributable to the sale of Registrable Securities,
(xi) costs of printing and producing any agreements among underwriters, underwriting agreements, any “blue sky” or legal investment memoranda and any selling agreements and other documents in connection with the offering, sale or
delivery of the Registrable Securities, (xii) transfer agents’ and registrars’ fees and expenses and the fees and expense of any other agent or trustee appointed in connection with such offering, (xiii) expenses relating to any
analyst or investor presentations or any “road shows” undertaken in connection with the registration, marketing or selling of the Registrable Securities and (xiv) fees and expenses payable in connection with any ratings of the
Registrable Securities, including expenses relating to any presentations to rating agencies. 
 “Rule
144” means Rule 144 (or any successor provisions) under the Securities Act. 
 “SEC” means
the Securities and Exchange Commission. 
 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended. 
 “Stockholder” means each Person (other than the Company) who, at any relevant determination
date, shall be a party to or bound by this Agreement (as may be amended from time to time) so long as such Person shall “beneficially own” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) any Company Securities. 

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any entity of which securities or other ownership interests
having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other persons performing similar functions are at the time directly or indirectly owned by such Person. 

“Tag-Along Portion” means, for any Tagging Person in a Tag-Along Sale, the maximum number of Company Securities
proposed to be sold by the applicable Tag-Along Seller in such Tag-Along Sale multiplied by the Tag-Along Pro Rata Share. 
 “Tag-Along Pro Rata Share” means a fraction, the numerator of which is the Aggregate Ownership of Company Securities held by the Tagging Person immediately prior to such Tag-Along
Sale and the denominator of which is the Aggregate Ownership of Company Securities held by all Stockholders at such time. 

  
 6 

 “Third Party” means a prospective purchaser of Company Securities in
a bona fide arm’s-length transaction from a Stockholder, other than a Permitted Transferee or other Affiliate of such Stockholder. 
 “Transfer” means, with respect to any Company Securities, (i) when used as a verb, to sell, assign, dispose of, exchange, pledge, encumber, hypothecate or otherwise transfer
such Company Securities or any participation or interest therein, whether directly or indirectly, or agree or commit to do any of the foregoing and (ii) when used as a noun, a direct or indirect sale, assignment, disposition, exchange, pledge,
encumbrance, hypothecation, or other transfer of such Company Securities or any participation or interest therein or any agreement or commitment to do any of the foregoing. 
 (b) Each of the following terms is defined in the Section set forth opposite such term: 
  

			
	 TERM
	  	 SECTION

	Additional Stockholder	  	Preamble
	Agreement	  	Preamble
	Company	  	Recitals
	Confidential Information	  	6.01(c)
	Damages	  	5.05
	Demand Registration	  	5.01(a)
	Drag-Along Rights	  	4.02(a)
	Drag-Along Sale	  	4.02(a)
	Drag-Along Sale Notice	  	4.02(b)
	Drag-Along Sale Notice Period	  	4.02(b)
	Drag-Along Sale Price	  	4.02(b)
	Drag-Along Seller	  	4.02(a)
	Drag-Along Transferee	  	4.02(a)
	Excess Portion	  	4.01(d)
	Excess Shares	  	4.05(c)
	Excluded Securities	  	4.05(a)
	Full Participating Stockholder	  	4.05(c)
	Full Participating Tagging Person	  	4.01(d)
	Indemnified Party	  	5.07
	Indemnifying Party	  	5.07
	Inspectors	  	5.04(g)
	Issuance Notice	  	4.05(a)
	Lock-Up Period	  	5.03
	Management Stockholder	  	Recitals
	Maximum Offering Size	  	5.01(e)
	Oak Hill	  	Recitals
	Piggyback Registration	  	5.02(a)
	Records	  	5.04(g)
	Replacement Nominee	  	2.03(a)

  
 7 

			
	 TERM
	  	 SECTION

	Additional Stockholder	  	Preamble
	Agreement	  	Preamble
	Requesting Stockholder	  	5.01(a)
	Stock Purchase Agreement	  	Recitals
	Tag Along Date	  	4.01(e)
	Tag-Along Notice	  	4.01(a)
	Tag-Along Notice Period	  	4.01(a)
	Tag-Along Offer	  	4.01(a)
	Tag-Along Response Notice	  	4.01(a)
	Tag-Along Right	  	4.01(a)
	Tag-Along Sale	  	4.01(a)
	Tag-Along Seller	  	4.01(a)
	Tagging Person	  	4.01(a)
	Terminated Stockholder	  	4.04(a)
	Termination Date	  	4.04(d)
	Termination Event	  	4.04(a)
	Termination Price	  	4.04(a)
	Termination Securities	  	4.04(a)
	Third Party Stockholder	  	5.02
	Unwinding Event	  	3.03(b)

 (c) Other Definitional and Interpretive Matters. Unless otherwise expressly provided, for purposes
of this Agreement, the following rules of interpretation shall apply: 
 Calculation of Time Period. When calculating the
period of time before which, within which or following which any act is to be done or step taken pursuant to this Agreement, the date that is the reference date in calculating such period shall be excluded. If the last day of such period is a
non-Business Day, the period in question shall end on the next succeeding Business Day. 
 Dollars. Any reference in this
Agreement to $ shall mean U.S. dollars. 
 Exhibits/Schedules. The Exhibits and Schedules to this Agreement are hereby
incorporated and made a part hereof and are an integral part of this Agreement. All Exhibits, Annexes and Schedules annexed hereto or referred to herein are hereby incorporated in and made a part of this Agreement as if set forth in full herein. Any
capitalized terms used in any Schedule, Annex or Exhibit but not otherwise defined therein shall be defined as set forth in this Agreement. 
 Gender and Number. Any reference in this Agreement to gender shall include all genders, and words imparting the singular number only shall include the plural and vice versa. 

  
 8 

 Headings. The provision of a Table of Contents, the division of this Agreement into
Articles, Sections and other subdivisions and the insertion of headings are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect or be utilized in construing or interpreting this Agreement. All references in this Agreement to any
“Section” are to the corresponding Section of this Agreement unless otherwise specified. 
 Herein. The words
such as “herein,” “hereinafter,” “hereof,” and “hereunder” refer to this Agreement as a whole and not merely to a subdivision in which such words appear
unless the context otherwise requires. 
 ARTICLE 2 
 CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
 SECTION 2.01. Composition of the Board. 

(a) The Board of the Company shall initially consist of seven (7) directors designated by Oak Hill, one of which shall initially be
the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. 
 (b) Each Stockholder agrees that, if at any time it is then entitled to vote for
the election of directors to the Board, it shall vote all of its Company Securities that are entitled to vote or execute proxies or written consents, as the case may be, and take all other necessary action (including causing the Company to call a
special meeting of Stockholders) in order to ensure that the composition of the Board is as set forth in this Section 2.01. 
 (c) The Company agrees to cause each individual designated pursuant to Section 2.01(a) or 2.03 to be nominated to serve as a director on the Board, and to take all other necessary
actions (including calling a special meeting of the Board and/or Stockholders) to ensure that the composition of the Board is as set forth in this Section 2.01. 
 SECTION 2.02. Removal. Each Stockholder agrees that, if at any time it is then entitled to vote for the removal of directors from the Board, it shall not vote any of its Company Securities in favor
of the removal of any director who shall have been designated by Oak Hill pursuant to Section 2.01, unless Oak Hill shall have consented to such removal in writing; provided that if Oak Hill shall request in writing the removal,
with or without cause, of such director, such Stockholder shall vote all its Company Securities that are entitled to vote in favor of such removal. 
 SECTION 2.03. Vacancies. If, as a result of death, disability, retirement, resignation, removal or otherwise, there shall exist or occur any vacancy on the Board: 

(a) Oak Hill may designate another individual (the “Replacement Nominee”) to fill such vacancy and serve as a
director on the Board; and 

  
 9 

 (b) each Stockholder then entitled to vote for the election of directors to the Board agrees
that it shall vote all of its Company Securities that are entitled to vote or execute proxies or written consents, as the case may be, in order to ensure that the Replacement Nominee be elected to the Board. 

SECTION 2.04. Charter or Bylaw Provisions. Each Stockholder agrees to vote all of its Company Securities that are entitled to vote
or execute proxies or written consents, as the case may be, and to take all other actions necessary, to ensure that the Company’s Charter and Bylaws (a) facilitate, and do not at any time conflict with, any provision of this Agreement and
(b) permit each Stockholder to receive the benefits to which each such Stockholder is entitled under this Agreement. 

SECTION 2.05. Reimbursement of Expenses. Directors will not be entitled to compensation for service on the Board but the Company
will pay all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the members of the Board in connection with traveling to and from and attending meetings of the Board and while conducting business at the request of the Company. 

SECTION 2.06. Corporate Opportunities. The parties also acknowledge that Oak Hill and its Affiliates have or may have interests in
the same, related or competitive business areas as those engaged in by the Company and its Subsidiaries. For the avoidance of doubt, Oak Hill and its Affiliates shall be free to pursue other investment opportunities in such business areas without
offering those opportunities to the Company. 
 ARTICLE 3 
 RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER 
 SECTION 3.01. General Restrictions on Transfer.

 (a) Each Stockholder understands and agrees that the Company Securities held by it on the date hereof have not been and will
not be registered under the Securities Act and are restricted securities under the Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Each Stockholder agrees that it shall not Transfer any Company Securities (or solicit any offers
in respect of any Transfer of any Company Securities), except in compliance with the Securities Act, any other applicable securities or “blue sky” laws and any other restrictions on Transfer contained in this Agreement. Prior to an Initial
Public Offering, no Stockholder shall Transfer any Company Securities to any Person if such Transfer would result in adverse regulatory consequences to the Company. 
 (b) Any attempt to Transfer any Company Securities not in compliance with this Agreement shall be null and void, and the Company shall not, and shall cause any transfer agent not to, give any effect in
the Company’s stock records to such attempted Transfer. 

  
 10 

 SECTION 3.02. Legends. 

(a) In addition to any other legend that may be required, each certificate for Company Securities issued to any Stockholder shall bear a
legend in substantially the following form: 
 “THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS
AMENDED, OR ANY FOREIGN OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH. THIS SECURITY IS ALSO SUBJECT TO ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AS SET FORTH IN THE STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT DATED AS OF JUNE 1,
2010, COPIES OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED UPON REQUEST FROM DAVE & BUSTER’S PARENT, INC. OR ANY SUCCESSOR THERETO.” 
 (b) If any Company Securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities under clause (i) of the definition thereof, the Company, upon the written request of the holder thereof, shall issue to such
holder a new certificate evidencing such Company Securities without the first sentence of the legend required by Section 3.02(a) endorsed thereon. If any Company Securities are sold under clause (ii) or clause (iii) of the
definition of Registrable Securities, the Company may request that the holder provide an opinion of legal counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company stating that such Company Securities are freely transferable under the Securities Act, and if it
requests and receives such opinion, the Company shall issue to such holder a new certificate evidencing such Company Securities without the first sentence of the legend required by Section 3.02(a) endorsed thereon. If any Company
Securities cease to be subject to any and all restrictions on Transfer and all other obligations set forth in this Agreement, the Company, upon the written request of the holder thereof, shall issue to such holder a new certificate evidencing such
Company Securities without the second sentence of the legend required by Section 3.02(a) endorsed thereon. 

SECTION 3.03. Permitted Transferees. 
 (a) Subject to Section 3.01, any Stockholder may at any time Transfer any or all of its Company Securities to a Permitted Transferee without the consent of any Person and without compliance
with Sections 4.01 and 4.02, as the case may be, so long as (a) such Permitted Transferee shall have agreed in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement by executing a joinder agreement in the form of Exhibit A
attached hereto; (b) the Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, any other applicable securities or “blue sky” laws and any other restrictions on Transfer contained in this Agreement; and (c) the Transfer does not
trigger any obligation to register any Company Securities under Section 12(g) of the Securities Act. Such Stockholder must give written prior notice to the Company of any proposed Transfer to a Permitted Transferee, including the identity of
such proposed Permitted Transferee and such other information reasonably requested by the Company to ensure compliance with the terms of this 

  
 11 

 
Agreement and the Company shall be entitled to condition any such Transfer on receipt of an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company that such Transfer is exempt from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act. 
 (b) If, while a Permitted Transferee holds any Company Securities a
Permitted Transferee ceases to qualify as a Permitted Transferee in relation to the initial transferor Stockholder from whom or which such Permitted Transferee or any previous Permitted Transferee of such initial transferor Stockholder received such
shares (an “Unwinding Event”), then the relevant initial transferor Stockholder: 
 (i)
shall forthwith notify the other Stockholders and the Company of the pending occurrence of such Unwinding Event; and 
 (ii) shall take all actions necessary, prior to such Unwinding Event, to effect a Transfer of all the Company Securities held by the relevant Permitted Transferee either back to such Stockholder or,
pursuant to this Section 3.03, to another Person which qualifies as a Permitted Transferee of such initial transferring Stockholder. 
 SECTION 3.04. Restrictions on Transfers by Other Stockholders. Prior to the Initial Public Offering, no Other Stockholder may Transfer any of his Company Securities except to a Permitted Transferee
in compliance with Section 3.03 or in a Transfer of Company Securities in a Tag-Along Sale or Drag-Along Sale pursuant to Sections 4.01 or 4.02. 
 SECTION 3.05. Transfers by Oak Hill. Prior to the Initial Public Offering, Oak Hill may at any time Transfer any Company Securities to a Permitted Transferee in compliance with
Section 3.03 or to any other Person subject to compliance with Sections 4.01 or 4.02 to the extent applicable. 
 ARTICLE 4 
 TAG-ALONG RIGHTS; DRAG-ALONG RIGHTS; PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS 

SECTION 4.01. Tag-Along Rights. 
 (a) Subject to Sections 4.01(g) and 4.03, if Oak Hill (the “Tag-Along Seller”) proposes to Transfer more than ten percent (10%) of its Company Securities to any
Third Party or Third Parties (a “Tag-Along Sale”), 
 (i) the Tag-Along Seller shall
provide each Other Stockholder written notice of the terms and conditions of such proposed Transfer (“Tag-Along Notice”) and offer each Other Stockholder the opportunity to participate in such Transfer in accordance with this
Section 4.01, and 

  
 12 

 (ii) each Other Stockholder may elect, at its option, to participate in the
proposed Transfer in accordance with this Section 4.01 (each such electing Other Stockholder, a “Tagging Person”). 
 The Tag-Along Notice shall identify the number and class of Company Securities proposed to be sold by the Tag-Along Seller and all other Company Securities subject to the offer (“Tag-Along
Offer”), the consideration for which the Transfer is proposed to be made, and all other material terms and conditions of the Tag-Along Offer, including the form of the proposed agreement, if any, and a firm offer by the proposed Third
Party transferee to purchase Company Securities from the Stockholders in accordance with this Section 4.01. 
 From
the date of its receipt of the Tag-Along Notice, each Tagging Person shall have the right (a “Tag-Along Right”), exercisable by notice (“Tag-Along Response Notice”) given to the Tag-Along Seller within
ten (10) Business Days after its receipt of the Tag-Along Notice (the “Tag-Along Notice Period”), to request and require that the Tag-Along Seller include in the proposed Transfer up to the number of Company Securities
constituting its Tag-Along Portion of Company Securities and the Tag-Along Seller shall include the number of Company Securities proposed to be Transferred by the Tag-Along Seller as set forth in the Tag-Along Notice, reduced by the aggregate number
of Company Securities to be sold by all Tagging Persons. Each Tag-Along Response Notice shall include wire transfer instructions for payment of the purchase price for the Company Securities to be sold in such Tag-Along Sale. Each Tagging Person that
exercises its Tag-Along Rights hereunder shall deliver to the Tag-Along Seller, with its Tag-Along Response Notice, the certificate or certificates representing the Company Securities of such Tagging Person to be included in the Tag-Along Sale,
together with a limited power-of-attorney authorizing the Tag-Along Seller to Transfer such Company Securities on the terms set forth in the Tag-Along Notice. Delivery of the Tag-Along Response Notice with such certificate or certificates and
limited power-of-attorney shall constitute an irrevocable acceptance of the Tag-Along Offer by such Tagging Persons. 
 If, at
the end of a 120-day period after the Tag-Along Date (which 120-day period shall be extended if any of the transactions contemplated by the Tag-Along Offer are subject to regulatory approval until the expiration of five (5) Business Days after
all such approvals have been received, but in no event later than 180 days following the Tag-Along Date by the Tag-Along Seller), the Tag-Along Seller has not completed the Transfer of all such Company Securities on substantially the same terms and
conditions set forth in the Tag-Along Notice, the Tag-Along Seller shall (i) promptly return to each Tagging Person the limited power-of-attorney (and all copies thereof) together with all certificates representing the Company Securities that
such Tagging Person delivered for Transfer pursuant to this Section 4.01(a) and any other documents in the possession of the Tag-Along Seller executed by the Tagging Persons in connection with the proposed Tag-Along Sale, and
(ii) not conduct any Transfer of Company Securities without again complying with this Section 4.01(a). 

  
 13 

 (b) Concurrently with the consummation of the Tag-Along Sale, the Tag-Along Seller shall
(i) notify the Tagging Persons thereof, (ii) remit or cause to be remitted to the Tagging Persons the total consideration to be paid at the closing of the Tag-Along Sale for the Company Securities of the Tagging Persons Transferred
pursuant thereto, with the cash portion of the purchase price paid by wire transfer of immediately available funds in accordance with the wire transfer instructions in the applicable Tag-Along Response Notices and (iii) promptly after the
consummation of such Tag-Along Sale, furnish such other evidence of the completion and the date of completion of such Transfer and the terms thereof as may be reasonably requested by the Tagging Persons. 

(c) If at the termination of the Tag-Along Notice Period any Other Stockholder shall not have elected to participate in the Tag-Along
Sale, such Other Stockholder shall be deemed to have waived its rights under Section 4.01(a) with respect to, and only with respect to, the Transfer of its Company Securities pursuant to such Tag-Along Sale. 

(d) If (i) any Other Stockholder declines to exercise its Tag-Along Rights or (ii) any Tagging Person elects to exercise its
Tag-Along Rights with respect to less than such Tagging Person’s Tag-Along Portion (the “Excess Portion”), the Tag-Along Seller shall notify the Tagging Persons who desire to sell their Tag-Along Portion (but not less
than such amount) (a “Fully Participating Tagging Person”) and the Tag-Along Seller and any Fully Participating Tagging Person shall be entitled to Transfer, pursuant to the Tag-Along Offer, in addition to any Company
Securities already being Transferred, a number of Company Securities held by it equal to the product of (i) the Excess Portion and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Aggregate Ownership of Company Securities of the Tag-Along
Seller or Fully Participating Tagging Person, as the case may be, and the denominator of which is equal to the sum of the Aggregate Ownership of Company Securities of the Tag-Along Seller and all Fully Participating Tagging Persons. 

(e) The Tag-Along Seller shall Transfer, on behalf of itself and any Tagging Person, the Company Securities subject to the Tag-Along
Offer and elected to be Transferred on the terms and conditions set forth in the Tag-Along Notice within 120 days (or such longer period as extended under Section 4.01(a)) of the date on which all Tag-Along Rights shall have been waived,
exercised or expired (the “Tag-Along Date”). 
 (f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained
in this Section 4.01, there shall be no liability on the part of the Tag-Along Seller to the Tagging Persons (other than the obligation to return any certificates evidencing Company Securities and limited powers- of-attorney received by the
Tag-Along Seller) if the Transfer of Company Securities pursuant to Section 4.01 is not consummated for whatever reason. The decision to effect a Transfer of Company Securities pursuant to this Section 4.01 by the Tag-Along
Seller is in the sole and absolute discretion of the Tag-Along Seller. 
 (g) The provisions of this Section 4.01
shall not apply to any Transfer of Company Securities: (i) to any Permitted Transferees of the Tag-Along Seller, (ii) in a 

  
 14 

 
Drag-Along Sale for which the Drag-Along Seller shall have elected to exercise its rights under Section 4.02 or (iii) in the Initial Public Offering. The provisions of this
Section 4.01 shall terminate upon the consummation of the Initial Public Offering. 
 SECTION 4.02. Drag-Along
Rights. 
 (a) Subject to Sections 4.02(g) and 4.03, if Oak Hill (the “Drag-Along
Seller”) proposes to Transfer (not including, however, any pledge, encumbrance or hypothecation) any shares of any class of Company Securities that results in a Change of Control (i) to any Third Party or Parties or (ii) to
any Person in connection with a bona fide reorganization or restructuring of the Company as determined by the Board so long as each Stockholder in the Company maintains their proportionate economic and voting interest in the capital stock (or
equivalent securities) of the successor entity to the Company (the “Drag-Along Transferee”) in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, and (any such Transfer, a “Drag-Along Sale”),
the Drag-Along Seller may at its option require each Other Stockholder to Transfer the Drag-Along Portion of the class of Company Securities (“Drag-Along Rights”) then held by such Other Stockholder, and (subject to and at
the closing of the Drag-Along Sale) to exercise such number of options for Common Shares held by such Other Stockholder as is required in order that a sufficient number of Common Shares are available to Transfer the relevant Drag-Along Portion of
Company Securities held by each such Other Stockholder, (i) for the same consideration per share or unit of the relevant class of Company Securities, (ii) in cash, notes, and/or marketable securities, and (iii) otherwise on the same
terms and conditions as the Drag-Along Seller; provided that any Other Stockholder that holds options the exercise price per share of which is greater than the per share price at which the Common Shares are to be Transferred to the Drag-Along
Transferee, if required by the Drag-Along Seller to exercise such options, may, in place of such exercise, submit to irrevocable cancellation thereof without any liability for payment of any exercise price with respect thereto. If the Drag-Along
Sale is not consummated with respect to any Common Shares acquired upon exercise of such options, or the Drag-Along Sale is not consummated, such options shall be deemed not to have been exercised or canceled, as applicable. 

(b) The Drag-Along Seller shall provide notice of such Drag-Along Sale to the Other Stockholders (a “Drag-Along Sale
Notice”) not later than twenty (20) Business Days prior to the proposed Drag-Along Sale. The Drag-Along Sale Notice shall identify the Drag-Along Transferee, the number of Company Securities subject to the Drag-Along Sale, the
consideration for which a Transfer is proposed to be made (the “Drag-Along Sale Price”) and all other material terms and conditions of the Drag-Along Sale. The number of Company Securities to be sold by each Other Stockholder
shall be the Drag-Along Portion of the class of Company Securities that such Other Stockholder owns. Each Other Stockholder shall be required to participate in the Drag-Along Sale on the terms and conditions as the Drag-Along Seller is participating
as set forth in the Drag-Along Sale Notice and to tender the Drag-Along Portion of its Company Securities as set forth below. The price payable in such Transfer shall be the Drag-Along Sale Price. Not later than ten (10) Business Days after the
date of the Drag-Along Sale Notice (the 

  
 15 

 
“Drag-Along Sale Notice Period”), each of the Other Stockholders shall deliver to a representative of the Drag-Along Seller designated in the Drag-Along Sale Notice the
certificates and other applicable instruments representing the Company Securities of such Other Stockholder to be included in the Drag-Along Sale, together with a limited power-of-attorney authorizing the Drag-Along Seller or such representative to
Transfer such Company Securities on the terms set forth in the Drag-Along Notice and wire transfer instructions for payment of the cash portion of the consideration to be received in such Drag-Along Sale, or, if such delivery is not permitted by
applicable law, an unconditional agreement to deliver such Company Securities pursuant to this Section 4.02(b) at the closing for such Drag-Along Sale against delivery to such Other Stockholder of the consideration therefore. If an Other
Stockholder should fail to deliver to the Drag-Along Seller the limited power-of-attorney referenced therein, then such Other Stockholder hereby grants hereunder to the Company and any representative designated by the Board without further action by
such Other Stockholder a limited irrevocable power of attorney hereunder to effect such Drag-Along Sale on behalf of such Other Stockholder, which power of attorney shall be deemed to be coupled with an interest. If an Other Stockholder should fail
to deliver such certificates to the Drag-Along Seller and the Drag-Along Sale is consummated, the Company shall cause the books and records of the Company to show that such Company Securities are bound by the provisions of this
Section 4.02(b) and that such Company Securities shall be Transferred to the Drag-Along Transferee immediately upon surrender for Transfer by the holder thereof. 
 (c) The Drag-Along Seller shall have a period of 120 days from the date of receipt of the Drag-Along Sale Notice to consummate the Drag-Along Sale on the terms and conditions set forth in such Drag-Along
Sale Notice, provided that, if such Drag-Along Sale is subject to regulatory approval, such 120-day period shall be extended until the expiration of five (5) Business Days after all such approvals have been received, but in no event later than
180 days following the date of receipt of the Drag-Along Sale Notice. If the Drag-Along Sale shall not have been consummated during such period, the Drag-Along Seller shall promptly return to each of the Other Stockholders any limited
power-of-attorney (and all copies thereof) and all certificates and other applicable instruments representing Company Securities that such Other Stockholders delivered for Transfer pursuant hereto, together with any other documents in the possession
of the Drag-Along Seller executed by the Other Stockholders in connection with such proposed Transfer, and all the restrictions on Transfer contained in this Agreement or otherwise applicable at such time with respect to such Company Securities
owned by the Other Stockholders shall again be in effect. 
 (d) Concurrently with the consummation of the Drag-Along Sale, the
Drag-Along Seller shall give notice thereof to the Other Stockholders, shall remit or cause to be remitted to each of the Other Stockholders that have surrendered their certificates and other applicable instruments the total consideration to be paid
at the closing of the Drag-Along Sale (the cash portion of which is to be paid by wire transfer of immediately available funds in accordance with such Other Stockholder’s wire transfer instructions) for the Company Securities Transferred
pursuant hereto and shall furnish such other evidence of the completion and time of completion of such Transfer as may be reasonably requested by such Other Stockholders. 

  
 16 

 (e) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 4.02, there shall be no
liability on the part of the Drag-Along Seller to the Other Stockholders (other than the obligation to return any limited power-of-attorney and the certificates and other applicable instruments representing Company Securities received by the
Drag-Along Seller) if the Transfer of Company Securities pursuant to this Section 4.02 is not consummated for whatever reason, regardless of whether the Drag-Along Seller has delivered a Drag-Along Sale Notice. The decision to effect a
Transfer of Company Securities pursuant to this Section 4.02 by the Drag-Along Seller is in the sole and absolute discretion of the Drag-Along Seller. 
 (f) A Drag-Along Sale may also be affected by a merger or other corporate transaction and each Stockholder agrees to vote his, her or its Company Securities that are entitled to vote or execute proxies or
written consents, as the case may be, and to take all other actions necessary in order to approve the consummation of the Drag-Along Sale. 
 (g) The provisions of this Section 4.02 shall terminate upon the consummation of the Initial Public Offering. 
 SECTION 4.03. Additional Conditions to Tag-Along Sales and Drag-Along Sales. Notwithstanding anything contained in Sections 4.01 or 4.02, in connection with a Tag-Along Sale under
Section 4.01 or a Drag-Along Sale under Section 4.02: 
 (a) upon the consummation of such Tag-Along
Sale or Drag-Along Sale, all of the Stockholders participating therein will receive the same form and amount of consideration per share of Company Securities, or, if any Stockholders are given an option as to the form and amount of consideration to
be received, all Stockholders participating therein will be given the same option; provided, however, that any Stockholder who is not an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act may be
excluded from electing to receive any securities in connection with such Tag-Along Sale or Drag-Along Sale; and 
 (b) each
Other Stockholder shall (i) make such representations, warranties and covenants and enter into such definitive agreements as are customary for transactions of the nature of the proposed Transfer, (ii) benefit from and be subject to all of
the same provisions of the definitive agreements as the Tag-Along Seller or Drag-Along Seller, as the case may be, and (iii) be required to bear their proportionate share of any escrows, holdbacks or adjustments in respect of the purchase price
or indemnification obligations; provided that no Other Stockholder shall be obligated (A) to indemnify, other than severally indemnify, any Person in connection with such Tag-Along Sale or Drag-Along Sale, as the case may be, for
representations and warranties as to itself and its Company Securities and as to its own covenants or (B) to incur liability to any Person in connection with such Tag-Along Sale or Drag-Along Sale, as the case may be,

  
 17 

 
including without limitation under any indemnity, in excess of the lesser of (1) its pro rata share of such liability and (2) the proceeds realized by such Other Stockholder in such
sale, or (C) enter into any non-competition covenant (other than pursuant to any employment agreement or the Purchase Agreement). 
 SECTION 4.04. Repurchase Rights. 
 (a) Upon any Management Stockholder
ceasing to be employed by, or engaged as a consultant to, or director of, the Company or its subsidiaries (a “Terminated Stockholder”) (a “Termination Event”), subject to the provisions of
Section 4.04(b) and (c) hereof, the Company shall have the option to purchase, and if such option is exercised, such Terminated Stockholder shall sell, and shall cause any Permitted Transferees of such Terminated Stockholder
to sell, to the Company all or any portion of Company Securities owned by such Management Stockholder and such Permitted Transferees (the “Termination Securities”) on the date of the occurrence of such Termination Event or
acquired pursuant to the exercise of options held by such Terminated Stockholder on the date of the occurrence of such Termination Event (the “Termination Date”) at a price per Termination Security equal to the Fair Market
Value (the “Termination Price”) of the Termination Securities on the date of the Termination Event; provided, however, that the Termination Price in respect of any Termination Securities acquired upon the
exercise of any options shall be the price, if any, set forth in the applicable option grant agreement. 
 (b) The Company shall
notify a Terminated Stockholder in writing, within ninety (90) days after the later of (i) the Termination Date or (ii) the date on which Shares are acquired by such Terminated Stockholder or its Permitted Transferee pursuant to the
exercise of options held by the Terminated Stockholder on the date of the occurrence of such Termination Event, whether the Company will exercise its option to purchase the Termination Securities. The Company shall have the option to assign its
right to purchase all or any portion of the Termination Securities under this Section 4.04 to Oak Hill and Oak Hill may exercise the Company’s rights under this Section 4.04 in the same manner in which the Company could
exercise such rights. 
 (c) The closing of the purchase by the Company of Termination Securities pursuant to
Section 4.04(a) shall take place at the principal office of the Company on the date chosen by the Company, which date shall, except as may be reasonably necessary to determine the Termination Price, in no event be more than 90 days after
the Company notifies such Terminated Stockholder of the exercise of its option to purchase the Termination Securities pursuant to Section 4.04(b). At such closing, the Company shall deliver to the Terminated Stockholder and such
Terminated Stockholder’s Permitted Transferees, against delivery of duly endorsed certificates representing such Termination Securities, free and clear of all liens, the Termination Price. 

(d) The Company shall pay the Termination Price in cash; provided, however, that if required to act consistently with any
agreements with the Company’s lenders, the Termination Price may be paid by the execution and delivery by the 

  
 18 

 
Company of a promissory note, subordinated on terms requested by the Company to any indebtedness of the Company to any third parties, bearing interest at the prime rate, per annum, as published
in The Wall Street Journal, with principal and accrued interest and payable in equal installments on each of the first four anniversaries of the closing date if restrictive covenants or other provisions contained in the documents evidencing
the Company’s indebtedness for borrowed money from unaffiliated lenders do not permit the Company to make such payments in cash (or to the extent partial cash payment is permitted, the balance to be represented by such a note). 

(e) The provisions of this Section 4.04 shall terminate upon the consummation of the Initial Public Offering. 

SECTION 4.05. Preemptive Rights. 
 (a) The Company shall give each Stockholder written notice (an “Issuance Notice”) of any proposed issuance by the Company of any Company Securities to Oak Hill or its Affiliates
(other than “Excluded Securities” in respect of which this Section 4.05 will not apply) at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the proposed issuance date. The Issuance Notice shall specify the number and class of such
Company Securities and the price at which such Company Securities are to be issued and the other material terms and conditions of the issuance. Subject to Section 4.05(e) below, if any such Company Securities are purchased, each
Stockholder shall be entitled to purchase such Stockholder’s Pro Rata Share of the Company Securities proposed to be issued to Oak Hill, at the price and on the other terms and conditions specified in the Issuance Notice. For purposes of this
Section 4.05, “Excluded Securities” shall include any Company Securities: (i) issued as a dividend or a distribution, (ii) granted or issued to employees, officers, directors, consultants or advisors of the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to incentive agreements, equity purchase or equity option plans, equity bonuses or awards, warrants, contracts or other arrangements that are approved by the Board, (iii) issued or issuable to lenders or lessors
(other than Oak Hill or its Affiliates) in connection with any financing or leasing transactions, (iv) issued pursuant to the acquisition of another Person (other than Oak Hill or its Affiliates) by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries by
consolidation, merger, purchase or other transaction in which the Company or such Subsidiary acquires, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, a material amount of the assets or equity ownership of such other Person,
(v) issued to Persons (other than Oak Hill or its Affiliates) who the Board in good faith reasonably believes will provide strategic benefits to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and (vi) issued in connection with an Initial Public
Offering. 
 (b) Each Stockholder may exercise his or her rights under this Section 4.05 by delivering notice of his
or her election to purchase such Company Securities to the Company, within ten (10) Business Days of receipt of the Issuance Notice. A delivery of such notice (which notice shall specify the number (or amount) of Company Securities to be
purchased by such Stockholder submitting such notice) by such Stockholder shall constitute a binding agreement of such Stockholder to purchase, at the price and on the terms and conditions specified in the Issuance Notice, the number of

  
 19 

 
shares (or amount) of Company Securities specified in such Stockholder’s notice. If, at the termination of such ten (10) Business Day-period, any Stockholder shall not have exercised
his or her rights to purchase any of such Stockholder’s Pro Rata Share of such Company Securities, such Stockholder shall be deemed to have waived all of its rights under this Section 4.05 with respect to, and only with respect to,
the purchase of such Company Securities. 
 (c) If any Stockholder elects to exercise his or her preemptive rights under this
Section 4.05 or elects to exercise such rights with respect to less than such Stockholder’s Pro Rata Share (the “Excess Shares”), any participating Stockholder electing to exercise his or her rights with
respect to his or her full Pro Rata Share (a “Fully Participating Stockholder”) shall be entitled to purchase an additional number of Company Securities equal to the product of (i) the Excess Shares and (ii) a
fraction, the numerator of which is the Aggregate Ownership of that class of Company Securities by the Fully Participating Stockholder, as the case may be, and the denominator of which is equal to the sum of the Aggregate Ownership of that class of
Company Securities by all Fully Participating Stockholders. 
 (d) The Company shall have ninety (90) days from the date of
the Issuance Notice to consummate the proposed issuance of any or all of such Company Securities that each Stockholder have elected not to purchase at the price and upon terms and conditions that are not materially less favorable to the Company than
those specified in the Issuance Notice, provided that, if such issuance is subject to regulatory approval, such 90-day period shall be extended until the expiration of five (5) Business Days after all such approvals have been received,
but in no event later than 120 days from the date of the Issuance Notice. At the consummation of such issuance, the Company shall issue certificates representing the Company Securities to be purchased by each Stockholder exercising preemptive rights
pursuant to this Section 4.05 registered in the name of such Stockholder, against payment by such Stockholder of the purchase price for such Company Securities. If the Company proposes to issue any class of Company Securities after such
90-day period or on other terms materially less favorable to the issuer, it shall again comply with the procedures set forth in this Section 4.05. 
 (e) The Company shall not be under any obligation to consummate any proposed issuance of Company Securities and there will be no liability on the part of the Company to any Stockholder if the Company has
not consummated any proposed issuance of Company Securities pursuant to this Section 4.05 for whatever reason, regardless of whether it shall have delivered an Issuance Notice in respect of such proposed issuance. 

(f) The Company may offer and sell Company Securities subject to the preemptive rights under this Section 4.05 without first
offering such Company Securities to each Stockholder or complying with the procedures of this Section 4.05, so long as each Stockholder receive prompt written notice of such sales and thereafter are given the opportunity to purchase his
or her respective Pro Rata Share of such Company Securities within forty-five (45) days after the close of such sale and in any event no later 

  
 20 

 
than ten (10) Business Days from receipt of the notice referred to herein on substantially the same terms and conditions as such sale, however, the price of such Company Securities shall be
identical to the price paid such offer and sale. 
 (g) The provisions of this Section 4.05 shall terminate after
the Initial Public Offering. 
 ARTICLE 5 
 REGISTRATION RIGHTS 
 SECTION 5.01. Demand Registration. 

(a) If, at any time commencing six (6) months after the date of consummation of the Initial Public Offering, the Company shall
receive a written request from Oak Hill (the “Requesting Stockholder”) that the Company effect the registration under the Securities Act of all or any portion of such Requesting Stockholder’s Registrable Securities, and
specifying the intended method of disposition thereof, then the Company shall promptly give notice of such requested registration (each such request shall be referred to herein as a “Demand Registration”) at least fifteen
(15) Business Days prior to the anticipated filing date of the registration statement relating to such Demand Registration to the other Stockholders and thereupon shall use its best efforts to effect, as expeditiously as possible, the
registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities for which the Requesting Stockholder has requested registration under this Section 5.01. 
 (b) The Company shall be liable for and pay all Registration Expenses in connection with each Demand Registration, regardless of whether such Registration is effected. 

(c) A Demand Registration shall not be deemed to have occurred: 

(i) unless the registration statement relating thereto (A) has become effective under the Securities Act and
(B) has remained effective for a period of at least 120 days (or such shorter period in which all Registrable Securities of the Requesting Stockholder included in such registration have actually been sold thereunder), provided that such
registration statement shall not be considered a Demand Registration if, after such registration statement becomes effective, (1) such registration statement is interfered with by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the
SEC or other governmental agency or court and (2) less than 75% of the Registrable Securities included in such registration statement have been sold thereunder; or 

(ii) if the Maximum Offering Size (as defined below) is reduced in accordance with Section 5.01(d) such that
less than 50% of the Registrable Securities of the Requesting Stockholders sought to be included in such registration are included. 

  
 21 

 (d) If a Demand Registration involves a Public Offering and the managing underwriter advises
the Company and the Requesting Stockholders that, in its view, the number of Company Securities that the Requesting Stockholder and the Company propose to include in such registration exceeds the largest number of shares that can be sold without
having an adverse effect on such offering, including the price at which such shares can be sold (the “Maximum Offering Size”), the Company shall include in such registration, in the priority listed below, up to the Maximum
Offering Size: 
 (i) first, all Registrable Securities requested to be registered by the Requesting
Stockholders, and 
 (ii) second, all Registrable Securities proposed to be registered by the Company.

 SECTION 5.02. Piggyback Registration. 
 (a) If the Company proposes to register any Company Securities under the Securities Act (whether for itself or in connection with a sale of securities by any other stockholder (a “Third Party
Stockholder”), but other than a registration on Form S-8 or S-4, or any successor or similar forms, relating to Common Shares issuable upon exercise of employee stock options or in connection with any employee benefit or similar plan of
the Company or in connection with a direct or indirect acquisition by the Company of another Person), the Company shall each such time give prompt written notice at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the anticipated filing date of the
registration statement relating to such registration to each Stockholder with rights to require registration of Company Securities hereunder, which notice shall set forth such Stockholder’s rights under this Section 5.02 and shall
offer such Stockholder the opportunity to include in such registration statement shares of the same class or series of Registrable Securities as proposed to be offered in such registration (a “Piggyback Registration”),
subject to the restrictions set forth herein. Upon the request of any such Stockholder made within five (5) Business Days after the receipt of notice from the Company (which request shall specify the number of Registrable Securities intended to
be registered by such Stockholder), the Company shall use its best efforts to effect the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities that the Company has been so requested to register by all such Stockholders with rights to
require registration of Company Securities hereunder, to the extent requisite to permit the disposition of the Registrable Securities so to be registered, provided that (i) if such registration involves a Public Offering, all such
Stockholders requesting to be included in the Company’s registration must sell their Registrable Securities to the underwriters selected as provided in Section 5.04(f)(i) on the same terms and conditions as apply to the Company or
any other selling stockholders, and (ii) if, at any time after giving notice of its intention to register any Company Securities pursuant to this Section 5.02(a) and prior to the effective

  
 22 

 
date of the registration statement filed in connection with such registration, the Company shall determine for any reason not to register such securities, the Company shall give notice to all
such Stockholders and, thereupon, shall be relieved of its obligation to register any Registrable Securities in connection with such registration. No registration effected under this Section 5.02 shall relieve the Company of its
obligations to effect a Demand Registration to the extent required by Section 5.01. The Company shall be liable for and pay all Registration Expenses in connection with each Piggyback Registration. 

(b) If a Piggyback Registration involves a Public Offering (other than any Demand Registration, in which case the provisions with respect
to priority of inclusion in such offering set forth in Section 5.01(d) shall apply) and the managing underwriter advises the Company that, in its view, the number of Company Securities that the Company and such selling stockholders
propose to include in such registration exceeds the largest number of shares that can be sold without having an adverse effect on such offering, including the price at which such shares can be sold (the “Maximum Offering
Size”), the Company shall include in such registration, in the following priority, up to the Maximum Offering Size: 
 (i) first, such number of Company Securities proposed to be registered for the account of the Company or any Third Party Stockholder on whose account the registration is being made, if any, as would not
cause the offering to exceed the Maximum Offering Size, and 
 (ii) second, all Registrable Securities requested
to be included in such registration by any Stockholders pursuant to Section 5.02 and similar registration rights provided to Stockholders by the Company (allocated, if necessary for the offering not to exceed the Maximum Offering Size, pro rata
among such Stockholders based on their relative ownership of Company Securities). 
 SECTION 5.03. Lock-Up Agreements.

 (a) If any registration of Company Securities shall be effected in connection with a Public Offering, each Stockholder shall
enter into a customary “lock-up” agreement with the managing underwriter or underwriters and neither the Company nor any Stockholder shall effect any public sale or distribution, including any sale pursuant to Rule 144, of any Company
Securities or other security of the Company (except as part of such Public Offering) during the period (each such period, a “Lock-Up Period”) beginning fourteen (14) days prior to the distribution of a preliminary
prospectus until the earlier of (i) such time as the Company and the lead managing underwriter shall agree and (ii) 270 days after such effective date in the case of the Initial Public Offering, 180 days after such effective date in the
case any other Public Offering or such later date as may be required by applicable FINRA rules and regulations. 

  
 23 

 (b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, for a period of eighteen
(18) months following the date of consummation of the Initial Public Offering, no Stockholder may Transfer any Company Securities except for Transfers that (i) are made pursuant to this Article V, (ii) are made in compliance with Rule
144, including the volume limitations applicable thereunder, without regard to whether the volume limitations are applicable or not to such Stockholder, or (iii) are approved by the Board. 

SECTION 5.04. Registration Procedures. Whenever any Stockholders request that any Registrable Securities be registered pursuant to
Section 5.01 or 5.02 hereof, subject to the provisions of such Sections, the Company shall use its best efforts to effect the registration and the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method of
disposition thereof as quickly as practicable, and, in connection with any such request: 
 (a) The Company shall as
expeditiously as possible prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement on any form for which the Company then qualifies or that counsel for the Company shall deem appropriate and which form shall be available for the sale of the
Registrable Securities to be registered thereunder in accordance with the intended method of distribution thereof, and use its best efforts to cause such filed registration statement to become and remain effective for a period of not less than 180
days, or in the case of a shelf registration statement, one (1) year (or such shorter period in which all of the Registrable Securities of the Requesting Stockholder included in such registration statement shall have actually been sold
thereunder). 
 (b) Prior to filing a registration statement or prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, the Company
shall, if requested, furnish to each participating Stockholder and each underwriter, if any, of the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement copies of such registration statement as proposed to be filed, and thereafter the
Company shall furnish to such Stockholder and underwriter, if any, such number of copies of such registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference
therein), the prospectus included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus and any summary prospectus) and any other prospectus filed under Rule 424 or Rule 430A under the Securities Act and such other documents as such
Stockholder or underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Stockholder. 
 (c) After the filing of the registration statement, the Company shall (i) cause the related prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus supplement, and, as so supplemented, to be filed
pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act, (ii) comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement during the applicable period in accordance
with the intended methods of disposition by the Requesting Stockholder thereof set forth in such registration statement or supplement to such prospectus and (iii) promptly notify the Requesting Stockholder holding Registrable Securities covered
by 

  
 24 

 
such registration statement of any stop order issued or threatened by the SEC or any state securities commission and take all reasonable actions required to prevent the entry of such stop order
or to remove it if entered. 
 (d) The Company shall use its best efforts to (i) register or qualify the Registrable
Securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions in the United States as the Requesting Stockholder holding such Registrable Securities reasonably (in light of such
Stockholder’s intended plan of distribution) requests and (ii) cause such Registrable Securities to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary by virtue of the business and
operations of the Company and do any and all other acts and things that may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such Stockholder to consummate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Stockholder; provided that
the Company shall not be required to (A) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Section 5.04(d), (B) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction or
(C) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction. 
 (e) The Company shall immediately notify the
Requesting Stockholder holding such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the occurrence of an event requiring the
preparation of a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact
required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and promptly prepare and make available to each such Stockholder and file with the SEC any such supplement or amendment. 

(f) (i) Oak Hill shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to select the underwriter or underwriters in connection with any
Public Offering resulting from a Demand Registration, which underwriter or underwriters may include any Affiliate of Oak Hill, and (ii) the Company shall select an underwriter or underwriters in connection with any other Public Offering. In
connection with any Public Offering, the Company shall enter into customary agreements (including an underwriting agreement in customary form) and take such all other actions as are reasonably required in order to expedite or facilitate the
disposition of such Registrable Securities in any such Public Offering, including the engagement of a “qualified independent underwriter” in connection with the qualification of the underwriting arrangements with FINRA. 

(g) Upon execution of confidentiality agreements in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company, the Company shall make
available for inspection by the Requesting Stockholder and any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to a registration statement being filed by the Company pursuant to this Section 5.04 and any attorney, accountant or
other professional retained by any such Stockholder or underwriter (collectively, the “Inspectors”), all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company (collectively, the

  
 25 

 
“Records”) as shall be reasonably necessary or desirable to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility, and cause the Company’s officers, directors
and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any Inspectors in connection with such registration statement. Records that the Company determines, in good faith, to be confidential and that it notifies the Inspectors are
confidential shall not be disclosed by the Inspectors unless (i) the disclosure of such Records is necessary to avoid or correct a misstatement or omission in such registration statement or (ii) the release of such Records is ordered
pursuant to a subpoena or other order from a court of competent jurisdiction. The Requesting Stockholder agrees that information obtained by it as a result of such inspections shall be deemed confidential and shall not be used by it or its
Affiliates as the basis for any market transactions in the Company Securities unless and until such information is made generally available to the public. The Requesting Stockholder further agrees that, upon learning that disclosure of such Records
is sought in a court of competent jurisdiction, it shall give notice to the Company and allow the Company, at its expense, to undertake appropriate action to prevent disclosure of the Records deemed confidential. 

(h) The Company shall furnish to the Requesting Stockholder and to each such underwriter, if any, a signed counterpart, addressed to such
Stockholder or underwriter, of (i) an opinion or opinions of counsel to the Company and (ii) a comfort letter or comfort letters from the Company’s independent public accountants, each in customary form and covering such matters of
the kind customarily covered by opinions or comfort letters, as the case may be, as a majority of such Stockholders or the managing underwriter reasonably requests. 
 (i) The Company shall otherwise use its best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an
earning statement or such other document that shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder. 
 (j) The Company may require the Requesting Stockholder promptly to furnish in writing to the Company such information regarding the distribution of the Registrable Securities as the Company may from time
to time request and such other information as may be legally required in connection with such registration. 
 (k) The
Requesting Stockholder agrees that, upon receipt of any written notice from the Company of the occurrence of any event requiring the preparation of a supplement or amendment of a prospectus relating to the Registrable Securities covered by a
registration statement that is required to be delivered under the Securities Act so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
state any material fact required to be stated therein or to make the statements therein not misleading, such Stockholder shall forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement covering such
Registrable Securities until such Stockholder’s receipt of the copies of a supplemented or amended prospectus, and, if so directed by the Company, such Stockholder shall deliver to the Company all copies,

  
 26 

 
other than any permanent file copies then in such Stockholder’s possession, of the most recent prospectus covering such Registrable Securities at the time of receipt of such notice. If the
Company shall give such notice, the Company shall extend the period during which such registration statement shall be maintained effective (including the period referred to in Section 5.04(a) hereof) by the number of days during the
period from and including the date of the giving of notice pursuant to Section 5.04(e) hereof to the date when the Company shall make available to such Stockholder a prospectus supplemented or amended to conform with the requirements of
Section 5.04(e) hereof. 
 (l) The Company shall use its reasonable efforts to list all Registrable Securities
covered by such registration statement on any securities exchange or quotation system on which any of the Registrable Securities are then listed or traded. 
 (m) The Company shall have appropriate officers of the Company (i) prepare and make presentations at any “road shows” and before analysts and rating agencies, as the case may be,
(ii) take other actions to obtain ratings for any Registrable Securities and (iii) otherwise use their reasonable efforts to cooperate as requested by the underwriters in the offering, marketing or selling of the Registrable Securities.

 SECTION 5.05. Indemnification by the Company. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Requesting
Stockholder holding Registrable Securities covered by a registration statement, its officers, directors, employees, managers, members, partners and agents, and each Person, if any, who controls any such Persons within the meaning of Section 15
of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (including reasonable expenses of investigation and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses)
(“Damages”) caused by or relating to any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement or prospectus relating to the Registrable Securities (as amended or supplemented
if the Company shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) or any preliminary prospectus, or caused by or relating to any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to
make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as such Damages are caused by or related to any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission so made based upon information furnished in writing to the Company
by such Stockholder or on such Stockholder’s behalf expressly for use therein. The Company also agrees to indemnify any underwriters of the Registrable Securities, their officers and directors and each Person who controls such underwriters
within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act on substantially the same basis as that of the indemnification of the Stockholders provided in this Section 5.05. 

SECTION 5.06. Indemnification by the Participating Stockholders. The Requesting Stockholder holding Registrable Securities
included in any registration statement agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its officers, directors and agents and each Person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or
Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as 

  
 27 

 
the foregoing indemnity from the Company to such Stockholder, but only with respect to information furnished in writing to the Company by such Stockholder or on such Stockholder’s behalf
expressly for use in any registration statement or prospectus relating to the Registrable Securities, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any preliminary prospectus. Each such Stockholder also agrees to indemnify and hold harmless
underwriters of the Registrable Securities, their officers and directors and each Person who controls such underwriters within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act on substantially the
same basis as that of the indemnification of the Company provided in this Section 5.06. As a condition to including Registrable Securities in any registration statement filed in accordance with Article 5 hereof, the Company may require
that it shall have received an undertaking reasonably satisfactory to it from any underwriter to indemnify and hold it harmless to the extent customarily provided by underwriters with respect to similar securities. The Requesting Stockholder shall
not be liable under this Section 5.06 for any Damages in excess of the net proceeds realized by such Stockholder in the sale of Registrable Securities of such Stockholder to which such Damages relate. 

SECTION 5.07. Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings. If any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be
instituted involving any Person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to this Article 5, such Person (an “Indemnified Party”) shall promptly notify the Person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the
“Indemnifying Party”) in writing and the Indemnifying Party shall assume the defense thereof, including the employment of counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Party, and shall assume the payment of all fees and
expenses, provided that the failure of any Indemnified Party so to notify the Indemnifying Party shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations hereunder except to the extent that the Indemnifying Party is materially prejudiced by such
failure to notify. In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Party unless (i) the Indemnifying Party and
the Indemnified Party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) in the reasonable judgment of such Indemnified Party representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential
differing interests between them. It is understood that, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, the Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate
firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) at any time for all such Indemnified Parties, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. In the case of any such separate firm for the Indemnified Parties, such
firm shall be designated in writing by the Indemnified Parties. The Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent, or if there be a final judgment
for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Party shall indemnify and hold harmless such Indemnified Parties from and against any Damages (to the extent stated above) by reason of such settlement or judgment. Without the prior written consent of the
Indemnified Party, no Indemnifying Party shall effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of 

  
 28 

 
which any Indemnified Party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of
such Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such proceeding. 
 SECTION 5.08. Contribution. If the
indemnification provided for in this Article 5 is unavailable to the Indemnified Parties in respect of any Damages, then each such Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by
such Indemnified Party as a result of such Damages (i) as between the Company and the Requesting Stockholder holding Registrable Securities covered by a registration statement on the one hand and the underwriters on the other, in such
proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and such Stockholders on the one hand and the underwriters on the other, from the offering of the Registrable Securities, or if such allocation is not permitted by
applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company and such Stockholders on the one hand and of such underwriters on the other in connection with the statements
or omissions that resulted in such Damages, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations and (ii) as between the Company on the one hand and each such Stockholder on the other, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the
relative fault of the Company and of each such Stockholder in connection with such statements or omissions, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company and such Stockholders on the one hand
and such underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total proceeds from the offering (net of underwriting discounts and commissions but before deducting expenses) received by the Company and such Stockholders bear
to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by such underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the prospectus. The relative fault of the Company and such Stockholders on the one hand and of such
underwriters on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the
Company and such Stockholders or by such underwriters. The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of each such Stockholder on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue
statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by such party, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent
such statement or omission. 
 The Company and the Requesting Stockholder agree that it would not be just and equitable if
contribution pursuant to this Section 5.08 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable
considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Party as a result of the Damages referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the
limitations set forth above, any legal 

  
 29 

 
or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this
Section 5.08, no underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Registrable Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public
exceeds the amount of any Damages that such underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission, and the Requesting Stockholder shall not be required to contribute any
amount in excess of the amount by which the net proceeds realized by such Stockholder in the sale of Registrable Securities of such Stockholder to which such Damages relate exceeds the amount of any Damages that such Stockholder has otherwise been
required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution
from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. 
 SECTION 5.09. Participation in Public
Offering. No Stockholder will be permitted to require registration of any Registrable Securities in any Public Offering hereunder unless such Stockholder (a) agrees to sell such Registrable Securities on the basis provided in any
underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (b) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably
required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements and the provisions of this Agreement in respect of registration rights. 
 SECTION 5.10. Other Indemnification. Indemnification similar to that specified herein (with appropriate modifications) shall be given by the Company and each Stockholder participating therein with
respect to any required registration or other qualification of securities under any federal or state law or regulation or governmental authority other than the Securities Act. 
 SECTION 5.11. Cooperation by the Company. If any Stockholder shall transfer any Registrable Securities pursuant to Rule 144, the Company shall cooperate, to the extent commercially reasonable, with
such Stockholder and shall provide to such Stockholder such information as such Stockholder shall reasonably request. 
 SECTION
5.12. No Transfer of Registration Rights. None of the rights of Stockholders under this Article 5 shall be assignable by any Stockholder to any Person acquiring Securities in any Public Offering or pursuant to Rule 144 but are assignable to
other Persons to whom Company Securities are Transferred in compliance with this Agreement. 
 SECTION 5.13. S-8 Registration
Following IPO. The Company shall file a registration statement on Form S-8 in accordance with applicable securities laws within 180 days after the Initial Public Offering, which registration statement will cover the Common Shares issuable upon
exercise of employee options then outstanding. 

  
 30 

 ARTICLE 6 
 CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS 
 SECTION 6.01.
Confidentiality. 
 (a) Each Other Stockholder agrees that Confidential Information (as defined below) furnished and to
be furnished to him or her was and shall be made available in connection with such Other Stockholder’s investment in the Company. Such Other Stockholder acknowledges that the Confidential Information which such Other Stockholder has obtained or
will obtain is the property of the Company and its Subsidiaries. Each Other Stockholder agrees that he or she will not disclose any Confidential Information to any other Person, except that Confidential Information may be disclosed: (i) to the
extent required by applicable law, rule or regulation (including complying with any oral or written questions, interrogatories, requests for information or documents, subpoena, civil investigative demand or similar process to which a Other
Stockholder is subject); provided that such Other Stockholder gives the Company prompt notice of such requests, to the extent practicable, so that the Company may seek an appropriate protective order or similar relief (and the Other Stockholder
shall cooperate with such efforts by the Company, and shall in any event make only the minimum disclosure required by such law, rule or regulation), (ii) after a period of two (2) years following the date on which the Other Stockholder
ceases to be a stockholder of the Company and (iii) if the prior written consent of the Company shall have been obtained. The provisions of this Section 6.01(a) are in addition to, and separate from, any similar covenants and
restrictions in respect of Confidential Information to which a Stockholder may be subject by reason of any employment or consulting relationship with Purchaser or its Affiliates or the transactions contemplated by the Securities Purchase Agreement

 (b) The Stockholders acknowledge that Oak Hill and its Affiliates may disclose Confidential Information to any Person for any
bona fide business purpose related to the interest of Oak Hill as the controlling stockholder of the Company. 
 (c)
“Confidential Information” shall mean any confidential or proprietary information relating to the business or affairs of the Company or any of its Affiliates, including, but not limited to, information relating to financial
statements, customer identities, potential customers, employees, sales representatives, suppliers, servicing methods, equipment programs, strategies and information, analyses, profit margins or other proprietary information used by the Company or
any of its Affiliates; provided, however, that Confidential Information does not include any information which is in the public domain or becomes known in the industry through no wrongful act on the part of the Other Stockholder; provided
that Confidential Information shall not include information that (i) is or becomes generally known to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by the Other Stockholder in violation of this Agreement, (ii) is or was available to
the Other Stockholder on a non-confidential basis prior to its disclosure to the Management Stockholder, or (iii) was or becomes available to the Other Stockholder on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Company, which source
is or was (at the time of receipt of the relevant information) not bound by a confidentiality agreement with the Company or another person. 

  
 31 

 SECTION 6.02. Conflicting Agreements. Each Stockholder represents and agrees that it
shall not (a) grant any proxy or enter into or agree to be bound by any voting trust or agreement with respect to the Company Securities, except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement, (b) enter into any agreement or arrangement of
any kind with any Person with respect to its Company Securities inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement or for the purpose or with the effect of denying or reducing the rights of any other Stockholder under this Agreement, including
agreements or arrangements with respect to the Transfer or voting of its Company Securities or (c) act, for any reason, as a member of a group or in concert with any other Person in connection with the Transfer or voting of its Company
Securities in any manner that is inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement. 
 ARTICLE 7 

MISCELLANEOUS 

SECTION 7.01. Binding Effect; Assignability; Benefit. 
 (a) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns. Any Stockholder that ceases to
own beneficially any Company Securities shall cease to be bound by the terms hereof (other than (i) the provisions of Sections 5.03, 5.05, 5.06, 5.07, 5.08 and 5.10 applicable to such Stockholder with
respect to any offering of Registrable Securities completed before the date such Stockholder ceased to own any Company Securities, (ii) Sections 6.01 and 6.02 and (iii) this Article VII). 

(b) Subject to Section 3.05, neither this Agreement nor any right, remedy, obligation or liability arising hereunder or by
reason hereof shall be assignable by any party hereto pursuant to any Transfer of Company Securities or otherwise. Any Person acquiring Company Securities that is required or permitted by the terms of this Agreement to become a party hereto shall
(unless already bound hereby) execute and deliver to the Company an agreement to be bound by this Agreement in the form of Exhibit A hereto and shall thenceforth be a “Stockholder”. 

(c) Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to confer on any Person other than the parties hereto, and their
respective heirs, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns, any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement. 
 SECTION 7.02. Notices. All notices, requests and other communications to any party shall be in writing and shall be delivered in person, mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt
requested, or sent by facsimile transmission, 

  
 32 

 If to the Company, to: 

Dave & Buster’s Parent, Inc. 
 201 Main Street 
 Fort Worth, Texas 76102 

Attention: Corporate Counsel 
 Fax: (817) 339-7350 
 and 

Dave & Buster’s Holdings, Inc. 
 2481 Manana Drive 
 Dallas, Texas 75220 

			
	Attention:	 	Jay L. Tobin
		 	Stephen M. King

 Fax: (214) 357-1536 
 With a copy to: 
 Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC 

65 East 55th Street, 32nd Floor 
 New York, NY 10022 
 Attention: John R. Monsky, Esq. 

Fax: (212) 527-8450 
 and 
 Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP 

767 Fifth Avenue 

New York, New York 10153 
 Attention: Douglas P. Warner, Esq. 
 Fax: (212) 310-8007 

if to any Stockholder, to such Stockholder at the address listed on Schedule A hereto, 

or, in each case, at such other address or fax number as such party may hereafter specify for the purpose of notices hereunder by written notice to the
other parties hereto. All notices, requests and other communications shall be deemed received on the date of receipt by the recipient thereof if received prior to 5:00 p.m. in the place of receipt and such day is a Business Day in the place of
receipt. Otherwise, any such notice, request or communication shall be deemed not to have been received until the next succeeding Business Day in the place of receipt. Any notice, request or other written communication sent by facsimile transmission
shall be confirmed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, posted within one (1) Business Day, or by personal delivery, whether courier or otherwise, made within two (2) Business Days after the date of such facsimile
transmissions. 

  
 33 

 Any Person that hereafter becomes a Stockholder shall provide its address and fax number to
the Company, which shall promptly provide such information to each other Stockholder. 
 SECTION 7.03. Waiver; Amendment;
Termination. 
 (a) No provision of this Agreement may be waived except by an instrument in writing executed by the party
against whom the waiver is to be effective. No provision of this Agreement may be amended or otherwise modified except by an instrument in writing executed by the Company and Oak Hill and if any such amendment or modification will disproportionately
and materially and adversely affect the Other Stockholders differently than Oak Hill, the Other Stockholders holding at least 51% of the outstanding Common Shares held by the Other Stockholders at the time of such proposed amendment or modification
will be required. 
 (b) This Agreement shall terminate on the earlier to occur of (i) the closing of the Initial Public
Offering (provided that Article V and this Article VII shall survive the closing of the Initial Public Offering) or (ii) upon the written approval of Oak Hill in connection with the consummation of a Drag-Along Sale. 

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any member of management of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries acquiring Company Securities may
become a party to this Agreement as a “Management Stockholder,” “Additional Stockholder”, “Other Stockholder” and “Stockholder” upon execution and delivery to the Company of the form of Subscription and
Joinder Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A by such Person and the Company, at which time Schedule A shall be amended to reflect the addition of such Stockholder. 
 SECTION 7.04. Fees and Expenses. Each party shall pay its own costs and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation and execution of this Agreement. 

SECTION 7.05. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of
Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of laws rules of such state. 
 SECTION 7.06. Jurisdiction. The parties hereby
agree that any suit, action or proceeding seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby shall be brought in the United States District Court
for the Southern District of New York or any New York State court sitting in New York City, so long as one of such courts shall have subject matter jurisdiction over such suit, action or proceeding, and that any case of action arising out of this
Agreement shall be deemed to have arisen from a transaction of 

  
 34 

 
business in the State of New York, and each of the parties hereby irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in any such
suit, action or proceeding and irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding in any such court or that any such suit,
action or proceeding which is brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient form. Process in any such suit, action or proceeding may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the jurisdiction of any such
court. Without limiting the foregoing, each party agrees that service of process on such party as provided in Section 7.03 shall be deemed effective service of process on such party. 

SECTION 7.07. Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY
LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. 
 SECTION 7.08.
Specific Enforcement; Cumulative Remedies. The parties hereto acknowledge that money damages may not be an adequate remedy for violations of this Agreement and that any party, in addition to any other rights and remedies which the parties may
have hereunder or at law or in equity, may, in his or its sole discretion, apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for specific performance or injunction or such other relief as such court may deem just and proper in order to enforce this
Agreement or prevent any violation hereof and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, each party waives any objection to the imposition of such relief. All rights, powers and remedies provided under this Agreement or otherwise available in
respect hereof at law or in equity shall be cumulative and not alternative, and the exercise or beginning of the exercise of any thereof by any party shall not preclude the simultaneous or later exercise of any other such rights, powers or remedies
by such party. 
 SECTION 7.09. Entire Agreement. This Agreement and any exhibits and other documents referred to herein
constitute the entire agreement and understanding among the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all prior and contemporaneous agreements and understandings, both oral and written, among the parties
hereto, or between any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof. 
 SECTION 7.10. Spouses. This
Agreement must be executed by the spouse of each Stockholder who is a resident of a community property state (which, at the date hereof, are Arizona, California, Idaho, Louisiana, Nevada, New Mexico, Puerto Rico, Texas, Washington or Wisconsin). By
executing this Agreement, such spouse acknowledges that she or he has read this Agreement and knows its contents and agrees to be bound in all respects by the terms of this Agreement to the same extent as the Stockholders. Each such spouse further
agrees that should she or he predecease the Stockholder to whom she or he is married or should she or he become divorced from such Stockholder, any of the Company Securities which such spouse may own or in which she or he may have any interest shall
remain subject to all of the restrictions and to all of the rights of the Stockholders contained in this Agreement. 

  
 35 

 SECTION 7.11. Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this
Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in
no way be affected, impaired or invalidated. Upon such a determination, the parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner so that the
transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible. 
 SECTION 7.12.
Counterparts; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

 SECTION 7.13. Representatives. Oak Hill, and each of its Permitted Transferees, hereby appoint Oak Capital Management,
LLC, or such other Person whom a majority of interest of Oak Hill and its Permitted Transferees may from time to time designate by notice to the Company and all other Stockholders as the Oak Hill’s representative (i) to take all action
necessary or desirable in connection with the rights and obligations of Oak Hill under this Agreement; (ii) to negotiate, execute and deliver all ancillary agreements, statements, certificates, statements, notices, approvals, extensions,
waivers, undertakings, amendments and other documents required or permitted to be given in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and (iii) to give and receive all notices and communications to be
given or received under this Agreement and to receive service of process in connection with the any claims under this Agreement. 

  
 36 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by
their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written. 
  

					
	DAVE & BUSTER’S PARENT, INC.
			
	 By:
	 		 	  

		 		 	 Name: Tyler J. Wolfram

		 		 	 Title:

	
	OAK HILL CAPITAL PARTNERS III, L.P.
	
	 By: OHCP GenPar III, L.P.,

		 		 	its General Partner
	
	 By: OHCP MGP Partners III, L.P.,

		 		 	its General Partner
	
	 By: OHCP MGP III, Ltd.,

		 		 	its General Partner
			
		 	 By:
	 	  

		 		 	 Name: John R. Monsky

		 		 	 Title:

	
	OAK HILL CAPITAL MANAGEMENT PARTNERS III, L.P.
	
	 By: OHCP GenPar III, L.P.,

		 		 	its General Partner
	
	 By: OHCP MGP Partners III, L.P.,

		 		 	its General Partner
	
	 By: OHCP MGP III, Ltd.,

		 		 	its General Partner
			
		 	 By:
	 	  

		 		 	 Name: John R. Monsky

		 		 	 Title:

 [SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT] 

 
	
	ADDITIONAL STOCKHOLDERS
	
	  

	Alan J. Lacy
	
	  

	David A. Jones
	
	MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDERS
	
	  

	Stephen M. King
	
	  

	Starlette B. Johnson
	
	  

	Jay L. Tobin
	
	  

	Brian A. Jenkins
	
	  

	John P. Gleason III
	
	  

	Jeffrey Wood

 [SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT] 

 
	
	MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDERS
	
	  

	Margo L. Manning
	
	  

	Edward J. Forler
	
	  

	Michael Metzinger
	
	  

	Joan Egeland
	
	  

	Gregory Clore
	
	  

	William J. Robertson
	
	  

	Joseph DeProspero
	
	  

	Lisa Warren

 [SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT] 

 Spouse’s Agreement 
 The undersigned, being the spouse of                     
                    , agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement, to the extent applicable to the undersigned. 

 

			
	  

	Printed Name:	 	  

 SCHEDULE A 
 STOCKHOLDERS 
  

					
	 Stockholder
	  	 Common Stock
	 
	 Oak Hill Capital Partners III, L.P.
	  	 	228,285.594	  
	 Oak Hill Capital Management Partners III, L.P.
	  	 	7,497.429	  
	 Alan J. Lacy
	  	 	750	  
	 David A. Jones
	  	 	1,000	  
	 Stephen M. King
	  	 	2,600	  
	 Starlette B. Johnson
	  	 	1,500	  
	 Jay L. Tobin
	  	 	700	  
	 Brian A. Jenkins
	  	 	950	  
	 John P. Gleason III
	  	 	300	  
	 Jeffrey Wood
	  	 	700	  
	 Michael Metzinger
	  	 	100	  
	 Gregory Clore
	  	 	75	  
	 Margo L. Manning
	  	 	240	  
	 Edward J. Forler
	  	 	290	  
	 William J. Robertson
	  	 	190	  
	 Joan Egeland
	  	 	150	  
	 Lisa Warren
	  	 	70	  
	 Joseph DeProspero
	  	 	100	  

 EXHIBIT A 
 JOINDER TO STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT 
 This Joinder Agreement (this
“Joinder Agreement”) is made as of the date written below by the undersigned (the “Joining Party”) in accordance with the Stockholders’ Agreement dated as of May     ,
2010 (the “Stockholders’ Agreement”) among Dave & Buster’s Parent, Inc. and certain other persons named therein, as the same may be amended from time to time. Capitalized terms used, but not defined, herein
shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Stockholders’ Agreement. 
 The Joining Party hereby acknowledges,
agrees and confirms that, by its execution of this Joinder Agreement, the Joining Party shall be deemed to be a party to and “Management Stockholder” under the Stockholders’ Agreement as of the date hereof and shall have all of the
rights and obligations of the Stockholder from whom it has acquired Company Securities (to the extent permitted by the Stockholders’ Agreement) as if it had executed the Stockholders’ Agreement. The Joining Party hereby ratifies, as of the
date hereof, and agrees to be bound by, all of the terms, provisions and conditions contained in the Stockholders’ Agreement. 
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date written below. 
 Date:                  , 200[    ] 

 

					
	[NAME OF JOINING PARTY]
		
	By:	 	  

 

		 	Name: 	 	
		 	Title:	 	
		 	Address for Notices:	 	  

		 	  

		 	  

 AGREED ON THIS [    ] day of
[            ], 200[    ]: 
  

			
	DAVE & BUSTER’S PARENT, INC.
		
	 By:
	 	  

		 	 Name:

		 	 Title:

 Spouse’s Joinder Agreement 

The undersigned, being the spouse of
                                         ,
agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Joinder Agreement, to the extent applicable to the undersigned. 
  

			
	  

		
	Printed Name:

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00192-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00192-of-00352.parquet"}]]